There is currently no handling to check on a invalid tlv length. This
patch adds such handling to avoid killing the kernel with a malformed
ife packet.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Yotam Gigi <yotam.gi@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The connection timers of an llc sock could be still flying
after we delete them in llc_sk_free(), and even possibly
after we free the sock. We could just wait synchronously
here in case of troubles.
Note, I leave other call paths as they are, since they may
not have to wait, at least we can change them to synchronously
when needed.
Also, move the code to net/llc/llc_conn.c, which is apparently
a better place.
Reported-by: <syzbot+f922284c18ea23a8e457@syzkaller.appspotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a dst entry is created from a fib entry, the 'from' in rt6_info
is set to the fib entry. The 'from' reference is used most notably for
cookie checking - making sure stale dst entries are updated if the
fib entry is changed.
When a fib entry is deleted, the pcpu routes on it are walked releasing
the fib6_info reference. This is needed for the fib6_info cleanup to
happen and to make sure all device references are released in a timely
manner.
There is a race window when a FIB entry is deleted and the 'from' on the
pcpu route is dropped and the pcpu route hits a cookie check. Handle
this race using rcu on from.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A later patch protects 'from' in rt6_info and this simplifies the
locking needed by it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rt6_get_cookie_safe takes a fib6_info and checks the sernum of
the node. Update the name to reflect its purpose.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rt6_clean_expires and rt6_set_expires are no longer used. Removed them.
rt6_update_expires has 1 caller in route.c, so move it from the header.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduces the number of cache lines touched in the offload forwarding
path. This is safe because PMTU limits are bypassed for the forwarding
path (see commit f87c10a8aa for more details).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Just like ip_dst_mtu_maybe_forward(), to avoid a dependency with ipv6.ko.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
To be able to tell the ax88796 driver whether it is sensible to enter
the 8390 interrupt handler, an "is this interrupt caused by the 88796"
callback has been added to the ax_plat_data structure (with NULL being
compatible to the previous behaviour).
Signed-off-by: Michael Karcher <kernel@mkarcher.dialup.fu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Schmitz <schmitzmic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add platform specific hooks for block transfer reads/writes of packet
buffer data, superseding the default provided ax_block_input/output.
Currently used for m68k Amiga XSurf100.
Signed-off-by: Michael Karcher <kernel@mkarcher.dialup.fu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Schmitz <schmitzmic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib6_idev can be obtained from __in6_dev_get on the nexthop device
rather than caching it in the fib6_info. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After 4832c30d54 ("net: ipv6: put host and anycast routes on device
with address") the comparison of idev does not add value since it
correlates to the nexthop device which is already compared. Remove
the idev comparison.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to 4832c30d54 ("net: ipv6: put host and anycast routes on device
with address") host routes and anycast routes were installed with the
device set to loopback (or VRF device once that feature was added). In the
older code dst.dev was set to loopback (needed for packet tx) and rt6i_idev
was used to denote the actual interface.
Commit 4832c30d54 changed the code to have dst.dev pointing to the real
device with the switch to lo or vrf device done on dst clones. As a
consequence of this change ip6_route_get_saddr can just pass the nexthop
device to ipv6_dev_get_saddr.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
aca_idev has only 1 user - inet6_fill_ifacaddr - and it only
wants the device index which can be extracted from the fib6_info
nexthop.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
addrconf_dst_alloc now returns a fib6_info. Update the name
and its users to reflect the change.
Rename only; no functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the prefix for fib6_info struct elements from rt6i_ to fib6_.
rt6i_pcpu and rt6i_exception_bucket are left as is given that they
point to rt6_info entries.
Rename only; not functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nfulnl_log_packet() is added to make sure that the NFLOG target
works as only user-space logger. but now, nf_log_packet() can find proper
log function using NF_LOG_TYPE_ULOG and NF_LOG_TYPE_LOG.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Drop unneeded elements from rt6_info struct and rearrange layout to
something more relevant for the data path.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert all code paths referencing a FIB entry from
rt6_info to fib6_info.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Last step before flipping the data type for FIB entries:
- use fib6_info_alloc to create FIB entries in ip6_route_info_create
and addrconf_dst_alloc
- use fib6_info_release in place of dst_release, ip6_rt_put and
rt6_release
- remove the dst_hold before calling __ip6_ins_rt or ip6_del_rt
- when purging routes, drop per-cpu routes
- replace inc and dec of rt6i_ref with fib6_info_hold and fib6_info_release
- use rt->from since it points to the FIB entry
- drop references to exception bucket, fib6_metrics and per-cpu from
dst entries (those are relevant for fib entries only)
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add fib6_info struct and alloc, destroy, hold and release helpers.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 FIB will only contain FIB entries with exception routes added to
the FIB entry. Once this transformation is complete, FIB lookups will
return a fib6_info with the lookup functions still returning a dst
based rt6_info. The current code uses rt6_info for both paths and
overloads the rt6_info variable usually called 'rt'.
This patch introduces a new 'f6i' variable name for the result of the FIB
lookup and keeps 'rt' as the dst based return variable. 'f6i' becomes a
fib6_info in a later patch which is why it is introduced as f6i now;
avoids the additional churn in the later patch.
In addition, remove RTF_CACHE and dst checks from fib6 add and delete
since they can not happen now and will never happen after the data
type flip.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most FIB entries can be added using memory allocated with GFP_KERNEL.
Add gfp_flags to ip6_route_add and addrconf_dst_alloc. Code paths that
can be reached from the packet path (e.g., ndisc and autoconfig) or
atomic notifiers use GFP_ATOMIC; paths from user context (adding
addresses and routes) use GFP_KERNEL.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The router discovery code has a FIB entry and wants to validate the
gateway has a neighbor entry. Refactor the existing dst_neigh_lookup
for IPv6 and create a new function that takes the gateway and device
and returns a neighbor entry. Use the new function in
ndisc_router_discovery to validate the gateway.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Continuing to wean FIB paths off of dst_entry, use a bool to hold
requests for certain dst settings. Add a helper to convert the
flags to DST flags when a FIB entry is converted to a dst_entry.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip6_null_entry will stay a dst based return for lookups that fail to
match an entry.
Add a new fib6_null_entry which constitutes the root node and leafs
for fibs. Replace existing references to ip6_null_entry with the
new fib6_null_entry when dealing with FIBs.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add expires to rt6_info for FIB entries, and add fib6 helpers to
manage it. Data path use of dst.expires remains.
The transition is fairly straightforward: when working with fib entries,
rt->dst.expires is just rt->expires, rt6_clean_expires is replaced with
fib6_clean_expires, rt6_set_expires becomes fib6_set_expires, and
rt6_check_expired becomes fib6_check_expired, where the fib6 versions
are added by this patch.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to IPv4, add fib metrics to the fib struct, which at the moment
is rt6_info. Will be moved to fib6_info in a later patch. Copy metrics
into dst by reference using refcount.
To make the transition:
- add dst_metrics to rt6_info. Default to dst_default_metrics if no
metrics are passed during route add. No need for a separate pmtu
entry; it can reference the MTU slot in fib6_metrics
- ip6_convert_metrics allocates memory in the FIB entry and uses
ip_metrics_convert to copy from netlink attribute to metrics entry
- the convert metrics call is done in ip6_route_info_create simplifying
the route add path
+ fib6_commit_metrics and fib6_copy_metrics and the temporary
mx6_config are no longer needed
- add fib6_metric_set helper to change the value of a metric in the
fib entry since dst_metric_set can no longer be used
- cow_metrics for IPv6 can drop to dst_cow_metrics_generic
- rt6_dst_from_metrics_check is no longer needed
- rt6_fill_node needs the FIB entry and dst as separate arguments to
keep compatibility with existing output. Current dst address is
renamed to dest.
(to be consistent with IPv4 rt6_fill_node really should be split
into 2 functions similar to fib_dump_info and rt_fill_info)
- rt6_fill_node no longer needs the temporary metrics variable
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce fib6_nh structure and move nexthop related data from
rt6_info and rt6_info.dst to fib6_nh. References to dev, gateway or
lwtstate from a FIB lookup perspective are converted to use fib6_nh;
datapath references to dst version are left as is.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RTN_ type for IPv6 FIB entries is currently embedded in rt6i_flags
and dst.error. Since dst is going to be removed, it can no longer be
relied on for FIB dumps so save the route type as fib6_type.
fc_type is set in current users based on the algorithm in rt6_fill_node:
- rt6i_flags contains RTF_LOCAL: fc_type = RTN_LOCAL
- rt6i_flags contains RTF_ANYCAST: fc_type = RTN_ANYCAST
- else fc_type = RTN_UNICAST
Similarly, fib6_type is set in the rt6_info templates based on the
RTF_REJECT section of rt6_fill_node converting dst.error to RTN type.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass network namespace reference into route add, delete and get
functions.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass net namespace to fib6_update_sernum. It can not be marked const
as fib6_new_sernum will change ipv6.fib6_sernum.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move logic of fib_convert_metrics into ip_metrics_convert. This allows
the code that converts netlink attributes into metrics struct to be
re-used in a later patch by IPv6.
This is mostly a code move with the following changes to variable names:
- fi->fib_net becomes net
- fc_mx and fc_mx_len are passed as inputs pulled from fib_config
- metrics array is passed as an input from fi->fib_metrics->metrics
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like tos inherit, ttl inherit should also means inherit the inner protocol's
ttl values, which actually not implemented in vxlan yet.
But we could not treat ttl == 0 as "use the inner TTL", because that would be
used also when the "ttl" option is not specified and that would be a behavior
change, and breaking real use cases.
So add a different attribute IFLA_VXLAN_TTL_INHERIT when "ttl inherit" is
specified with ip cmd.
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Suggested-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The statistics such as InHdrErrors should be counted on the ingress
netdev rather than on the dev from the dst, which is the egress.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Suryaputra <ssuryaextr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BPF core gets access to __inet6_bind via ipv6_bpf_stub_impl, so it is
not invoked directly outside of af_inet6.c. Make it static and move
inet6_bind after to avoid forward declaration.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changing API xdp_return_frame() to take struct xdp_frame as argument,
seems like a natural choice. But there are some subtle performance
details here that needs extra care, which is a deliberate choice.
When de-referencing xdp_frame on a remote CPU during DMA-TX
completion, result in the cache-line is change to "Shared"
state. Later when the page is reused for RX, then this xdp_frame
cache-line is written, which change the state to "Modified".
This situation already happens (naturally) for, virtio_net, tun and
cpumap as the xdp_frame pointer is the queued object. In tun and
cpumap, the ptr_ring is used for efficiently transferring cache-lines
(with pointers) between CPUs. Thus, the only option is to
de-referencing xdp_frame.
It is only the ixgbe driver that had an optimization, in which it can
avoid doing the de-reference of xdp_frame. The driver already have
TX-ring queue, which (in case of remote DMA-TX completion) have to be
transferred between CPUs anyhow. In this data area, we stored a
struct xdp_mem_info and a data pointer, which allowed us to avoid
de-referencing xdp_frame.
To compensate for this, a prefetchw is used for telling the cache
coherency protocol about our access pattern. My benchmarks show that
this prefetchw is enough to compensate the ixgbe driver.
V7: Adjust for commit d9314c474d ("i40e: add support for XDP_REDIRECT")
V8: Adjust for commit bd658dda42 ("net/mlx5e: Separate dma base address
and offset in dma_sync call")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New allocator type MEM_TYPE_PAGE_POOL for page_pool usage.
The registered allocator page_pool pointer is not available directly
from xdp_rxq_info, but it could be (if needed). For now, the driver
should keep separate track of the page_pool pointer, which it should
use for RX-ring page allocation.
As suggested by Saeed, to maintain a symmetric API it is the drivers
responsibility to allocate/create and free/destroy the page_pool.
Thus, after the driver have called xdp_rxq_info_unreg(), it is drivers
responsibility to free the page_pool, but with a RCU free call. This
is done easily via the page_pool helper page_pool_destroy() (which
avoids touching any driver code during the RCU callback, which could
happen after the driver have been unloaded).
V8: address issues found by kbuild test robot
- Address sparse should be static warnings
- Allow xdp.o to be compiled without page_pool.o
V9: Remove inline from .c file, compiler knows best
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Need a fast page recycle mechanism for ndo_xdp_xmit API for returning
pages on DMA-TX completion time, which have good cross CPU
performance, given DMA-TX completion time can happen on a remote CPU.
Refurbish my page_pool code, that was presented[1] at MM-summit 2016.
Adapted page_pool code to not depend the page allocator and
integration into struct page. The DMA mapping feature is kept,
even-though it will not be activated/used in this patchset.
[1] http://people.netfilter.org/hawk/presentations/MM-summit2016/generic_page_pool_mm_summit2016.pdf
V2: Adjustments requested by Tariq
- Changed page_pool_create return codes, don't return NULL, only
ERR_PTR, as this simplifies err handling in drivers.
V4: many small improvements and cleanups
- Add DOC comment section, that can be used by kernel-doc
- Improve fallback mode, to work better with refcnt based recycling
e.g. remove a WARN as pointed out by Tariq
e.g. quicker fallback if ptr_ring is empty.
V5: Fixed SPDX license as pointed out by Alexei
V6: Adjustments requested by Eric Dumazet
- Adjust ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp usage/placement
- Move rcu_head in struct page_pool
- Free pages quicker on destroy, minimize resources delayed an RCU period
- Remove code for forward/backward compat ABI interface
V8: Issues found by kbuild test robot
- Address sparse should be static warnings
- Only compile+link when a driver use/select page_pool,
mlx5 selects CONFIG_PAGE_POOL, although its first used in two patches
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the IDA infrastructure for getting a cyclic increasing ID number,
that is used for keeping track of each registered allocator per
RX-queue xdp_rxq_info. Instead of using the IDR infrastructure, which
uses a radix tree, use a dynamic rhashtable, for creating ID to
pointer lookup table, because this is faster.
The problem that is being solved here is that, the xdp_rxq_info
pointer (stored in xdp_buff) cannot be used directly, as the
guaranteed lifetime is too short. The info is needed on a
(potentially) remote CPU during DMA-TX completion time . In an
xdp_frame the xdp_mem_info is stored, when it got converted from an
xdp_buff, which is sufficient for the simple page refcnt based recycle
schemes.
For more advanced allocators there is a need to store a pointer to the
registered allocator. Thus, there is a need to guard the lifetime or
validity of the allocator pointer, which is done through this
rhashtable ID map to pointer. The removal and validity of of the
allocator and helper struct xdp_mem_allocator is guarded by RCU. The
allocator will be created by the driver, and registered with
xdp_rxq_info_reg_mem_model().
It is up-to debate who is responsible for freeing the allocator
pointer or invoking the allocator destructor function. In any case,
this must happen via RCU freeing.
Use the IDA infrastructure for getting a cyclic increasing ID number,
that is used for keeping track of each registered allocator per
RX-queue xdp_rxq_info.
V4: Per req of Jason Wang
- Use xdp_rxq_info_reg_mem_model() in all drivers implementing
XDP_REDIRECT, even-though it's not strictly necessary when
allocator==NULL for type MEM_TYPE_PAGE_SHARED (given it's zero).
V6: Per req of Alex Duyck
- Introduce rhashtable_lookup() call in later patch
V8: Address sparse should be static warnings (from kbuild test robot)
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The generic xdp_frame format, was inspired by the cpumap own internal
xdp_pkt format. It is now time to convert it over to the generic
xdp_frame format. The cpumap needs one extra field dev_rx.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is needed to convert drivers tuntap and virtio_net.
This is a generalization of what is done inside cpumap, which will be
converted later.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is done to prepare for the next patch, and it is also
nice to move this XDP related struct out of filter.h.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce an xdp_return_frame API, and convert over cpumap as
the first user, given it have queued XDP frame structure to leverage.
V3: Cleanup and remove C99 style comments, pointed out by Alex Duyck.
V6: Remove comment that id will be added later (Req by Alex Duyck)
V8: Rename enum mem_type to xdp_mem_type (found by kbuild test robot)
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some networks can make sure TCP payload can exactly fit 4KB pages,
with well chosen MSS/MTU and architectures.
Implement mmap() system call so that applications can avoid
copying data without complex splice() games.
Note that a successful mmap( X bytes) on TCP socket is consuming
bytes, as if recvmsg() has been done. (tp->copied += X)
Only PROT_READ mappings are accepted, as skb page frags
are fundamentally shared and read only.
If tcp_mmap() finds data that is not a full page, or a patch of
urgent data, -EINVAL is returned, no bytes are consumed.
Application must fallback to recvmsg() to read the problematic sequence.
mmap() wont block, regardless of socket being in blocking or
non-blocking mode. If not enough bytes are in receive queue,
mmap() would return -EAGAIN, or -EIO if socket is in a state
where no other bytes can be added into receive queue.
An application might use SO_RCVLOWAT, poll() and/or ioctl( FIONREAD)
to efficiently use mmap()
On the sender side, MSG_EOR might help to clearly separate unaligned
headers and 4K-aligned chunks if necessary.
Tested:
mlx4 (cx-3) 40Gbit NIC, with tcp_mmap program provided in following patch.
MTU set to 4168 (4096 TCP payload, 40 bytes IPv6 header, 32 bytes TCP header)
Without mmap() (tcp_mmap -s)
received 32768 MB (0 % mmap'ed) in 8.13342 s, 33.7961 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.034 sys:3.778, 116.333 usec per MB, 63062 c-switches
received 32768 MB (0 % mmap'ed) in 8.14501 s, 33.748 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.029 sys:3.997, 122.864 usec per MB, 61903 c-switches
received 32768 MB (0 % mmap'ed) in 8.11723 s, 33.8635 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.048 sys:3.964, 122.437 usec per MB, 62983 c-switches
received 32768 MB (0 % mmap'ed) in 8.39189 s, 32.7552 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.038 sys:4.181, 128.754 usec per MB, 55834 c-switches
With mmap() on receiver (tcp_mmap -s -z)
received 32768 MB (100 % mmap'ed) in 8.03083 s, 34.2278 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.024 sys:1.466, 45.4712 usec per MB, 65479 c-switches
received 32768 MB (100 % mmap'ed) in 7.98805 s, 34.4111 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.026 sys:1.401, 43.5486 usec per MB, 65447 c-switches
received 32768 MB (100 % mmap'ed) in 7.98377 s, 34.4296 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.028 sys:1.452, 45.166 usec per MB, 65496 c-switches
received 32768 MB (99.9969 % mmap'ed) in 8.01838 s, 34.281 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.02 sys:1.446, 44.7388 usec per MB, 65505 c-switches
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SO_RCVLOWAT is properly handled in tcp_poll(), so that POLLIN is only
generated when enough bytes are available in receive queue, after
David change (commit c7004482e8 "tcp: Respect SO_RCVLOWAT in tcp_poll().")
But TCP still calls sk->sk_data_ready() for each chunk added in receive
queue, meaning thread is awaken, and goes back to sleep shortly after.
Tested:
tcp_mmap test program, receiving 32768 MB of data with SO_RCVLOWAT set to 512KB
-> Should get ~2 wakeups (c-switches) per MB, regardless of how many
(tiny or big) packets were received.
High speed (mostly full size GRO packets)
received 32768 MB (100 % mmap'ed) in 8.03112 s, 34.2266 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.037 sys:1.404, 43.9758 usec per MB, 65497 c-switches
received 32768 MB (99.9954 % mmap'ed) in 7.98453 s, 34.4263 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.03 sys:1.422, 44.3115 usec per MB, 65485 c-switches
Low speed (sender is ratelimited and sends 1-MSS at a time, so GRO is not helping)
received 22474.5 MB (100 % mmap'ed) in 6015.35 s, 0.0313414 Gbit,
cpu usage user:0.05 sys:1.586, 72.7952 usec per MB, 44950 c-switches
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Applications might use SO_RCVLOWAT on TCP socket hoping to receive
one [E]POLLIN event only when a given amount of bytes are ready in socket
receive queue.
Problem is that receive autotuning is not aware of this constraint,
meaning sk_rcvbuf might be too small to allow all bytes to be stored.
Add a new (struct proto_ops)->set_rcvlowat method so that a protocol
can override the default setsockopt(SO_RCVLOWAT) behavior.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to make sure that all states are really deleted
before we check that the state lists are empty. Otherwise
we trigger a warning.
Fixes: baeb0dbbb5 ("xfrm6_tunnel: exit_net cleanup check added")
Reported-and-tested-by:syzbot+777bf170a89e7b326405@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
On receiving a packet the state index points to the rstate which must be
used to fill up IP and TCP headers. But if the state index points to a
rstate which is unitialized, i.e. filled with zeros, it gets stuck in an
infinite loop inside ip_fast_csum trying to compute the ip checsum of a
header with zero length.
89.666953: <2> [<ffffff9dd3e94d38>] slhc_uncompress+0x464/0x468
89.666965: <2> [<ffffff9dd3e87d88>] ppp_receive_nonmp_frame+0x3b4/0x65c
89.666978: <2> [<ffffff9dd3e89dd4>] ppp_receive_frame+0x64/0x7e0
89.666991: <2> [<ffffff9dd3e8a708>] ppp_input+0x104/0x198
89.667005: <2> [<ffffff9dd3e93868>] pppopns_recv_core+0x238/0x370
89.667027: <2> [<ffffff9dd4428fc8>] __sk_receive_skb+0xdc/0x250
89.667040: <2> [<ffffff9dd3e939e4>] pppopns_recv+0x44/0x60
89.667053: <2> [<ffffff9dd4426848>] __sock_queue_rcv_skb+0x16c/0x24c
89.667065: <2> [<ffffff9dd4426954>] sock_queue_rcv_skb+0x2c/0x38
89.667085: <2> [<ffffff9dd44f7358>] raw_rcv+0x124/0x154
89.667098: <2> [<ffffff9dd44f7568>] raw_local_deliver+0x1e0/0x22c
89.667117: <2> [<ffffff9dd44c8ba0>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x70/0x24c
89.667131: <2> [<ffffff9dd44c92f4>] ip_local_deliver+0x100/0x10c
./scripts/faddr2line vmlinux slhc_uncompress+0x464/0x468 output:
ip_fast_csum at arch/arm64/include/asm/checksum.h:40
(inlined by) slhc_uncompress at drivers/net/slip/slhc.c:615
Adding a variable to indicate if the current rstate is initialized. If
such a packet arrives, move to toss state.
Signed-off-by: Tejaswi Tanikella <tejaswit@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) The sockmap code has to free socket memory on close if there is
corked data, from John Fastabend.
2) Tunnel names coming from userspace need to be length validated. From
Eric Dumazet.
3) arp_filter() has to take VRFs properly into account, from Miguel
Fadon Perlines.
4) Fix oops in error path of tcf_bpf_init(), from Davide Caratti.
5) Missing idr_remove() in u32_delete_key(), from Cong Wang.
6) More syzbot stuff. Several use of uninitialized value fixes all
over, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Do not leak kernel memory to userspace in sctp, also from Eric
Dumazet.
8) Discard frames from unused ports in DSA, from Andrew Lunn.
9) Fix DMA mapping and reset/failover problems in ibmvnic, from Thomas
Falcon.
10) Do not access dp83640 PHY registers prematurely after reset, from
Esben Haabendal.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (46 commits)
vhost-net: set packet weight of tx polling to 2 * vq size
net: thunderx: rework mac addresses list to u64 array
inetpeer: fix uninit-value in inet_getpeer
dp83640: Ensure against premature access to PHY registers after reset
devlink: convert occ_get op to separate registration
ARM: dts: ls1021a: Specify TBIPA register address
net/fsl_pq_mdio: Allow explicit speficition of TBIPA address
ibmvnic: Do not reset CRQ for Mobility driver resets
ibmvnic: Fix failover case for non-redundant configuration
ibmvnic: Fix reset scheduler error handling
ibmvnic: Zero used TX descriptor counter on reset
ibmvnic: Fix DMA mapping mistakes
tipc: use the right skb in tipc_sk_fill_sock_diag()
sctp: sctp_sockaddr_af must check minimal addr length for AF_INET6
net: dsa: Discard frames from unused ports
sctp: do not leak kernel memory to user space
soreuseport: initialise timewait reuseport field
ipv4: fix uninit-value in ip_route_output_key_hash_rcu()
dccp: initialize ireq->ir_mark
net: fix uninit-value in __hw_addr_add_ex()
...
The hashing table in scheduler such as source hash or maglev hash
should ignore the changed weight to 0 and allow changing the weight
from/to non-0 values. So, struct ip_vs_dest needs to keep weight
with latest non-0 weight.
Signed-off-by: Inju Song <inju.song@navercorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth 2018-04-08
Here's one important Bluetooth fix for the 4.17-rc series that's needed
to pass several Bluetooth qualification test cases.
Let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This resolves race during initialization where the resources with
ops are registered before driver and the structures used by occ_get
op is initialized. So keep occ_get callbacks registered only when
all structs are initialized.
The example flows, as it is in mlxsw:
1) driver load/asic probe:
mlxsw_core
-> mlxsw_sp_resources_register
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_resources_register
-> devlink_resource_register IDX
mlxsw_spectrum
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init
-> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup
size from devlink)
-> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current
occupancy getter)
2) reload triggered by devlink command:
-> mlxsw_devlink_core_bus_device_reload
-> mlxsw_sp_fini
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_fini
-> devlink_resource_occ_get_unregister IDX
(struct mlxsw_sp *mlxsw_sp is freed at this point, call to occ get
which is using mlxsw_sp would cause use-after free)
-> mlxsw_sp_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init
-> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup
size from devlink)
-> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current
occupancy getter)
Fixes: d9f9b9a4d0 ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzbot reported :
BUG: KMSAN: uninit-value in rtnh_ok include/net/nexthop.h:11 [inline]
BUG: KMSAN: uninit-value in fib_count_nexthops net/ipv4/fib_semantics.c:469 [inline]
BUG: KMSAN: uninit-value in fib_create_info+0x554/0x8d20 net/ipv4/fib_semantics.c:1091
@remaining is an integer, coming from user space.
If it is negative we want rtnh_ok() to return false.
Fixes: 4e902c5741 ("[IPv4]: FIB configuration using struct fib_config")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=p2Sh
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'selinux-pr-20180403' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pcmoore/selinux
Pull SELinux updates from Paul Moore:
"A bigger than usual pull request for SELinux, 13 patches (lucky!)
along with a scary looking diffstat.
Although if you look a bit closer, excluding the usual minor
tweaks/fixes, there are really only two significant changes in this
pull request: the addition of proper SELinux access controls for SCTP
and the encapsulation of a lot of internal SELinux state.
The SCTP changes are the result of a multi-month effort (maybe even a
year or longer?) between the SELinux folks and the SCTP folks to add
proper SELinux controls. A special thanks go to Richard for seeing
this through and keeping the effort moving forward.
The state encapsulation work is a bit of janitorial work that came out
of some early work on SELinux namespacing. The question of namespacing
is still an open one, but I believe there is some real value in the
encapsulation work so we've split that out and are now sending that up
to you"
* tag 'selinux-pr-20180403' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pcmoore/selinux:
selinux: wrap AVC state
selinux: wrap selinuxfs state
selinux: fix handling of uninitialized selinux state in get_bools/classes
selinux: Update SELinux SCTP documentation
selinux: Fix ltp test connect-syscall failure
selinux: rename the {is,set}_enforcing() functions
selinux: wrap global selinux state
selinux: fix typo in selinux_netlbl_sctp_sk_clone declaration
selinux: Add SCTP support
sctp: Add LSM hooks
sctp: Add ip option support
security: Add support for SCTP security hooks
netlabel: If PF_INET6, check sk_buff ip header version
Merge updates from Andrew Morton:
- a few misc things
- ocfs2 updates
- the v9fs maintainers have been missing for a long time. I've taken
over v9fs patch slinging.
- most of MM
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (116 commits)
mm,oom_reaper: check for MMF_OOM_SKIP before complaining
mm/ksm: fix interaction with THP
mm/memblock.c: cast constant ULLONG_MAX to phys_addr_t
headers: untangle kmemleak.h from mm.h
include/linux/mmdebug.h: make VM_WARN* non-rvals
mm/page_isolation.c: make start_isolate_page_range() fail if already isolated
mm: change return type to vm_fault_t
mm, oom: remove 3% bonus for CAP_SYS_ADMIN processes
mm, page_alloc: wakeup kcompactd even if kswapd cannot free more memory
kernel/fork.c: detect early free of a live mm
mm: make counting of list_lru_one::nr_items lockless
mm/swap_state.c: make bool enable_vma_readahead and swap_vma_readahead() static
block_invalidatepage(): only release page if the full page was invalidated
mm: kernel-doc: add missing parameter descriptions
mm/swap.c: remove @cold parameter description for release_pages()
mm/nommu: remove description of alloc_vm_area
zram: drop max_zpage_size and use zs_huge_class_size()
zsmalloc: introduce zs_huge_class_size()
mm: fix races between swapoff and flush dcache
fs/direct-io.c: minor cleanups in do_blockdev_direct_IO
...
If kmem case sizes are 32-bit, then usecopy region should be too.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180305200730.15812-21-adobriyan@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull trivial tree updates from Jiri Kosina.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial:
kfifo: fix inaccurate comment
tools/thermal: tmon: fix for segfault
net: Spelling s/stucture/structure/
edd: don't spam log if no EDD information is present
Documentation: Fix early-microcode.txt references after file rename
tracing: Block comments should align the * on each line
treewide: Fix typos in printk
GenWQE: Fix a typo in two comments
treewide: Align function definition open/close braces
Add 'connected' parameter to ip6_sk_dst_lookup_flow() and update
the cache only if ip6_sk_dst_check() returns NULL and a socket
is connected.
The function is used as before, the new behavior for UDP sockets
in udpv6_sendmsg() will be enabled in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move commonly used pattern of ip6_dst_store() usage to a separate
function - ip6_sk_dst_store_flow(), which will check the addresses
for equality using the flow information, before saving them.
There is no functional changes in this patch. In addition, it will
be used in the next patch, in ip6_sk_dst_lookup_flow().
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Support offloading wireless authentication to userspace via
NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, from Srinivas Dasari.
2) A lot of work on network namespace setup/teardown from Kirill Tkhai.
Setup and cleanup of namespaces now all run asynchronously and thus
performance is significantly increased.
3) Add rx/tx timestamping support to mv88e6xxx driver, from Brandon
Streiff.
4) Support zerocopy on RDS sockets, from Sowmini Varadhan.
5) Use denser instruction encoding in x86 eBPF JIT, from Daniel
Borkmann.
6) Support hw offload of vlan filtering in mvpp2 dreiver, from Maxime
Chevallier.
7) Support grafting of child qdiscs in mlxsw driver, from Nogah
Frankel.
8) Add packet forwarding tests to selftests, from Ido Schimmel.
9) Deal with sub-optimal GSO packets better in BBR congestion control,
from Eric Dumazet.
10) Support 5-tuple hashing in ipv6 multipath routing, from David Ahern.
11) Add path MTU tests to selftests, from Stefano Brivio.
12) Various bits of IPSEC offloading support for mlx5, from Aviad
Yehezkel, Yossi Kuperman, and Saeed Mahameed.
13) Support RSS spreading on ntuple filters in SFC driver, from Edward
Cree.
14) Lots of sockmap work from John Fastabend. Applications can use eBPF
to filter sendmsg and sendpage operations.
15) In-kernel receive TLS support, from Dave Watson.
16) Add XDP support to ixgbevf, this is significant because it should
allow optimized XDP usage in various cloud environments. From Tony
Nguyen.
17) Add new Intel E800 series "ice" ethernet driver, from Anirudh
Venkataramanan et al.
18) IP fragmentation match offload support in nfp driver, from Pieter
Jansen van Vuuren.
19) Support XDP redirect in i40e driver, from Björn Töpel.
20) Add BPF_RAW_TRACEPOINT program type for accessing the arguments of
tracepoints in their raw form, from Alexei Starovoitov.
21) Lots of striding RQ improvements to mlx5 driver with many
performance improvements, from Tariq Toukan.
22) Use rhashtable for inet frag reassembly, from Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1678 commits)
net: mvneta: improve suspend/resume
net: mvneta: split rxq/txq init and txq deinit into SW and HW parts
ipv6: frags: fix /proc/sys/net/ipv6/ip6frag_low_thresh
net: bgmac: Fix endian access in bgmac_dma_tx_ring_free()
net: bgmac: Correctly annotate register space
route: check sysctl_fib_multipath_use_neigh earlier than hash
fix typo in command value in drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.
sky2: Increase D3 delay to sky2 stops working after suspend
net/mlx5e: Set EQE based as default TX interrupt moderation mode
ibmvnic: Disable irqs before exiting reset from closed state
net: sched: do not emit messages while holding spinlock
vlan: also check phy_driver ts_info for vlan's real device
Bluetooth: Mark expected switch fall-throughs
Bluetooth: Set HCI_QUIRK_SIMULTANEOUS_DISCOVERY for BTUSB_QCA_ROME
Bluetooth: btrsi: remove unused including <linux/version.h>
Bluetooth: hci_bcm: Remove DMI quirk for the MINIX Z83-4
sh_eth: kill useless check in __sh_eth_get_regs()
sh_eth: add sh_eth_cpu_data::no_xdfar flag
ipv6: factorize sk_wmem_alloc updates done by __ip6_append_data()
ipv4: factorize sk_wmem_alloc updates done by __ip_append_data()
...
Pull removal of in-kernel calls to syscalls from Dominik Brodowski:
"System calls are interaction points between userspace and the kernel.
Therefore, system call functions such as sys_xyzzy() or
compat_sys_xyzzy() should only be called from userspace via the
syscall table, but not from elsewhere in the kernel.
At least on 64-bit x86, it will likely be a hard requirement from
v4.17 onwards to not call system call functions in the kernel: It is
better to use use a different calling convention for system calls
there, where struct pt_regs is decoded on-the-fly in a syscall wrapper
which then hands processing over to the actual syscall function. This
means that only those parameters which are actually needed for a
specific syscall are passed on during syscall entry, instead of
filling in six CPU registers with random user space content all the
time (which may cause serious trouble down the call chain). Those
x86-specific patches will be pushed through the x86 tree in the near
future.
Moreover, rules on how data may be accessed may differ between kernel
data and user data. This is another reason why calling sys_xyzzy() is
generally a bad idea, and -- at most -- acceptable in arch-specific
code.
This patchset removes all in-kernel calls to syscall functions in the
kernel with the exception of arch/. On top of this, it cleans up the
three places where many syscalls are referenced or prototyped, namely
kernel/sys_ni.c, include/linux/syscalls.h and include/linux/compat.h"
* 'syscalls-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/brodo/linux: (109 commits)
bpf: whitelist all syscalls for error injection
kernel/sys_ni: remove {sys_,sys_compat} from cond_syscall definitions
kernel/sys_ni: sort cond_syscall() entries
syscalls/x86: auto-create compat_sys_*() prototypes
syscalls: sort syscall prototypes in include/linux/compat.h
net: remove compat_sys_*() prototypes from net/compat.h
syscalls: sort syscall prototypes in include/linux/syscalls.h
kexec: move sys_kexec_load() prototype to syscalls.h
x86/sigreturn: use SYSCALL_DEFINE0
x86: fix sys_sigreturn() return type to be long, not unsigned long
x86/ioport: add ksys_ioperm() helper; remove in-kernel calls to sys_ioperm()
mm: add ksys_readahead() helper; remove in-kernel calls to sys_readahead()
mm: add ksys_mmap_pgoff() helper; remove in-kernel calls to sys_mmap_pgoff()
mm: add ksys_fadvise64_64() helper; remove in-kernel call to sys_fadvise64_64()
fs: add ksys_fallocate() wrapper; remove in-kernel calls to sys_fallocate()
fs: add ksys_p{read,write}64() helpers; remove in-kernel calls to syscalls
fs: add ksys_truncate() wrapper; remove in-kernel calls to sys_truncate()
fs: add ksys_sync_file_range helper(); remove in-kernel calls to syscall
kernel: add ksys_setsid() helper; remove in-kernel call to sys_setsid()
kernel: add ksys_unshare() helper; remove in-kernel calls to sys_unshare()
...
As the syscall functions should only be called from the system call table
but not from elsewhere in the kernel, it is sufficient that they are
defined in linux/compat.h.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Dominik Brodowski <linux@dominikbrodowski.net>
Minor conflicts in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_rep.c,
we had some overlapping changes:
1) In 'net' MLX5E_PARAMS_LOG_{SQ,RQ}_SIZE -->
MLX5E_REP_PARAMS_LOG_{SQ,RQ}_SIZE
2) In 'net-next' params->log_rq_size is renamed to be
params->log_rq_mtu_frames.
3) In 'net-next' params->hard_mtu is added.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It should be __le16 instead of __u16 since its part of
mgmt API.
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Facility to register Inline TLS drivers to net/tls. Setup
TLS_HW_RECORD prot to listen on offload device.
Cases handled
- Inline TLS device exists, setup prot for TLS_HW_RECORD
- Atleast one Inline TLS exists, sets TLS_HW_RECORD.
- If non-inline device establish connection, move to TLS_SW_TX
Signed-off-by: Atul Gupta <atul.gupta@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-03-31
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add raw BPF tracepoint API in order to have a BPF program type that
can access kernel internal arguments of the tracepoints in their
raw form similar to kprobes based BPF programs. This infrastructure
also adds a new BPF_RAW_TRACEPOINT_OPEN command to BPF syscall which
returns an anon-inode backed fd for the tracepoint object that allows
for automatic detach of the BPF program resp. unregistering of the
tracepoint probe on fd release, from Alexei.
2) Add new BPF cgroup hooks at bind() and connect() entry in order to
allow BPF programs to reject, inspect or modify user space passed
struct sockaddr, and as well a hook at post bind time once the port
has been allocated. They are used in FB's container management engine
for implementing policy, replacing fragile LD_PRELOAD wrapper
intercepting bind() and connect() calls that only works in limited
scenarios like glibc based apps but not for other runtimes in
containerized applications, from Andrey.
3) BPF_F_INGRESS flag support has been added to sockmap programs for
their redirect helper call bringing it in line with cls_bpf based
programs. Support is added for both variants of sockmap programs,
meaning for tx ULP hooks as well as recv skb hooks, from John.
4) Various improvements on BPF side for the nfp driver, besides others
this work adds BPF map update and delete helper call support from
the datapath, JITing of 32 and 64 bit XADD instructions as well as
offload support of bpf_get_prandom_u32() call. Initial implementation
of nfp packet cache has been tackled that optimizes memory access
(see merge commit for further details), from Jakub and Jiong.
5) Removal of struct bpf_verifier_env argument from the print_bpf_insn()
API has been done in order to prepare to use print_bpf_insn() soon
out of perf tool directly. This makes the print_bpf_insn() API more
generic and pushes the env into private data. bpftool is adjusted
as well with the print_bpf_insn() argument removal, from Jiri.
6) Couple of cleanups and prep work for the upcoming BTF (BPF Type
Format). The latter will reuse the current BPF verifier log as
well, thus bpf_verifier_log() is further generalized, from Martin.
7) For bpf_getsockopt() and bpf_setsockopt() helpers, IPv4 IP_TOS read
and write support has been added in similar fashion to existing
IPv6 IPV6_TCLASS socket option we already have, from Nikita.
8) Fixes in recent sockmap scatterlist API usage, which did not use
sg_init_table() for initialization thus triggering a BUG_ON() in
scatterlist API when CONFIG_DEBUG_SG was enabled. This adds and
uses a small helper sg_init_marker() to properly handle the affected
cases, from Prashant.
9) Let the BPF core follow IDR code convention and therefore use the
idr_preload() and idr_preload_end() helpers, which would also help
idr_alloc_cyclic() under GFP_ATOMIC to better succeed under memory
pressure, from Shaohua.
10) Last but not least, a spelling fix in an error message for the
BPF cookie UID helper under BPF sample code, from Colin.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Put the read-mostly fields in a separate cache line
at the beginning of struct netns_frags, to reduce
false sharing noticed in inet_frag_kill()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some users are willing to provision huge amounts of memory to be able
to perform reassembly reasonnably well under pressure.
Current memory tracking is using one atomic_t and integers.
Switch to atomic_long_t so that 64bit arches can use more than 2GB,
without any cost for 32bit arches.
Note that this patch avoids an overflow error, if high_thresh was set
to ~2GB, since this test in inet_frag_alloc() was never true :
if (... || frag_mem_limit(nf) > nf->high_thresh)
Tested:
$ echo 16000000000 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ipfrag_high_thresh
<frag DDOS>
$ grep FRAG /proc/net/sockstat
FRAG: inuse 14705885 memory 16000002880
$ nstat -n ; sleep 1 ; nstat | grep Reas
IpReasmReqds 3317150 0.0
IpReasmFails 3317112 0.0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function is obsolete, after rhashtable addition to inet defrag.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This refactors ip_expire() since one indentation level is removed.
Note: in the future, we should try hard to avoid the skb_clone()
since this is a serious performance cost.
Under DDOS, the ICMP message wont be sent because of rate limits.
Fact that ip6_expire_frag_queue() does not use skb_clone() is
disturbing too. Presumably IPv6 should have the same
issue than the one we fixed in commit ec4fbd6475
("inet: frag: release spinlock before calling icmp_send()")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove sum_frag_mem_limit(), ip_frag_mem() & ip6_frag_mem()
Also since we use rhashtable we can bring back the number of fragments
in "grep FRAG /proc/net/sockstat /proc/net/sockstat6" that was
removed in commit 434d305405 ("inet: frag: don't account number
of fragment queues")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some applications still rely on IP fragmentation, and to be fair linux
reassembly unit is not working under any serious load.
It uses static hash tables of 1024 buckets, and up to 128 items per bucket (!!!)
A work queue is supposed to garbage collect items when host is under memory
pressure, and doing a hash rebuild, changing seed used in hash computations.
This work queue blocks softirqs for up to 25 ms when doing a hash rebuild,
occurring every 5 seconds if host is under fire.
Then there is the problem of sharing this hash table for all netns.
It is time to switch to rhashtables, and allocate one of them per netns
to speedup netns dismantle, since this is a critical metric these days.
Lookup is now using RCU. A followup patch will even remove
the refcount hold/release left from prior implementation and save
a couple of atomic operations.
Before this patch, 16 cpus (16 RX queue NIC) could not handle more
than 1 Mpps frags DDOS.
After the patch, I reach 9 Mpps without any tuning, and can use up to 2GB
of storage for the fragments (exact number depends on frags being evicted
after timeout)
$ grep FRAG /proc/net/sockstat
FRAG: inuse 1966916 memory 2140004608
A followup patch will change the limits for 64bit arches.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Cc: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to simplify the API, add a pointer to struct inet_frags.
This will allow us to make things less complex.
These functions no longer have a struct inet_frags parameter :
inet_frag_destroy(struct inet_frag_queue *q /*, struct inet_frags *f */)
inet_frag_put(struct inet_frag_queue *q /*, struct inet_frags *f */)
inet_frag_kill(struct inet_frag_queue *q /*, struct inet_frags *f */)
inet_frags_exit_net(struct netns_frags *nf /*, struct inet_frags *f */)
ip6_expire_frag_queue(struct net *net, struct frag_queue *fq)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We will soon initialize one rhashtable per struct netns_frags
in inet_frags_init_net().
This patch changes the return value to eventually propagate an
error.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
csum field in struct frag_queue is not used, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
== The problem ==
See description of the problem in the initial patch of this patch set.
== The solution ==
The patch provides much more reliable in-kernel solution for the 2nd
part of the problem: making outgoing connecttion from desired IP.
It adds new attach types `BPF_CGROUP_INET4_CONNECT` and
`BPF_CGROUP_INET6_CONNECT` for program type
`BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SOCK_ADDR` that can be used to override both
source and destination of a connection at connect(2) time.
Local end of connection can be bound to desired IP using newly
introduced BPF-helper `bpf_bind()`. It allows to bind to only IP though,
and doesn't support binding to port, i.e. leverages
`IP_BIND_ADDRESS_NO_PORT` socket option. There are two reasons for this:
* looking for a free port is expensive and can affect performance
significantly;
* there is no use-case for port.
As for remote end (`struct sockaddr *` passed by user), both parts of it
can be overridden, remote IP and remote port. It's useful if an
application inside cgroup wants to connect to another application inside
same cgroup or to itself, but knows nothing about IP assigned to the
cgroup.
Support is added for IPv4 and IPv6, for TCP and UDP.
IPv4 and IPv6 have separate attach types for same reason as sys_bind
hooks, i.e. to prevent reading from / writing to e.g. user_ip6 fields
when user passes sockaddr_in since it'd be out-of-bound.
== Implementation notes ==
The patch introduces new field in `struct proto`: `pre_connect` that is
a pointer to a function with same signature as `connect` but is called
before it. The reason is in some cases BPF hooks should be called way
before control is passed to `sk->sk_prot->connect`. Specifically
`inet_dgram_connect` autobinds socket before calling
`sk->sk_prot->connect` and there is no way to call `bpf_bind()` from
hooks from e.g. `ip4_datagram_connect` or `ip6_datagram_connect` since
it'd cause double-bind. On the other hand `proto.pre_connect` provides a
flexible way to add BPF hooks for connect only for necessary `proto` and
call them at desired time before `connect`. Since `bpf_bind()` is
allowed to bind only to IP and autobind in `inet_dgram_connect` binds
only port there is no chance of double-bind.
bpf_bind() sets `force_bind_address_no_port` to bind to only IP despite
of value of `bind_address_no_port` socket field.
bpf_bind() sets `with_lock` to `false` when calling to __inet_bind()
and __inet6_bind() since all call-sites, where bpf_bind() is called,
already hold socket lock.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Ignatov <rdna@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Refactor `bind()` code to make it ready to be called from BPF helper
function `bpf_bind()` (will be added soon). Implementation of
`inet_bind()` and `inet6_bind()` is separated into `__inet_bind()` and
`__inet6_bind()` correspondingly. These function can be used from both
`sk_prot->bind` and `bpf_bind()` contexts.
New functions have two additional arguments.
`force_bind_address_no_port` forces binding to IP only w/o checking
`inet_sock.bind_address_no_port` field. It'll allow to bind local end of
a connection to desired IP in `bpf_bind()` w/o changing
`bind_address_no_port` field of a socket. It's useful since `bpf_bind()`
can return an error and we'd need to restore original value of
`bind_address_no_port` in that case if we changed this before calling to
the helper.
`with_lock` specifies whether to lock socket when working with `struct
sk` or not. The argument is set to `true` for `sk_prot->bind`, i.e. old
behavior is preserved. But it will be set to `false` for `bpf_bind()`
use-case. The reason is all call-sites, where `bpf_bind()` will be
called, already hold that socket lock.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Ignatov <rdna@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next
tree. This batch comes with more input sanitization for xtables to
address bug reports from fuzzers, preparation works to the flowtable
infrastructure and assorted updates. In no particular order, they are:
1) Make sure userspace provides a valid standard target verdict, from
Florian Westphal.
2) Sanitize error target size, also from Florian.
3) Validate that last rule in basechain matches underflow/policy since
userspace assumes this when decoding the ruleset blob that comes
from the kernel, from Florian.
4) Consolidate hook entry checks through xt_check_table_hooks(),
patch from Florian.
5) Cap ruleset allocations at 512 mbytes, 134217728 rules and reject
very large compat offset arrays, so we have a reasonable upper limit
and fuzzers don't exercise the oom-killer. Patches from Florian.
6) Several WARN_ON checks on xtables mutex helper, from Florian.
7) xt_rateest now has a hashtable per net, from Cong Wang.
8) Consolidate counter allocation in xt_counters_alloc(), from Florian.
9) Earlier xt_table_unlock() call in {ip,ip6,arp,eb}tables, patch
from Xin Long.
10) Set FLOW_OFFLOAD_DIR_* to IP_CT_DIR_* definitions, patch from
Felix Fietkau.
11) Consolidate code through flow_offload_fill_dir(), also from Felix.
12) Inline ip6_dst_mtu_forward() just like ip_dst_mtu_maybe_forward()
to remove a dependency with flowtable and ipv6.ko, from Felix.
13) Cache mtu size in flow_offload_tuple object, this is safe for
forwarding as f87c10a8aa describes, from Felix.
14) Rename nf_flow_table.c to nf_flow_table_core.o, to simplify too
modular infrastructure, from Felix.
15) Add rt0, rt2 and rt4 IPv6 routing extension support, patch from
Ahmed Abdelsalam.
16) Remove unused parameter in nf_conncount_count(), from Yi-Hung Wei.
17) Support for counting only to nf_conncount infrastructure, patch
from Yi-Hung Wei.
18) Add strict NFT_CT_{SRC_IP,DST_IP,SRC_IP6,DST_IP6} key datatypes
to nft_ct.
19) Use boolean as return value from ipt_ah and from IPVS too, patch
from Gustavo A. R. Silva.
20) Remove useless parameters in nfnl_acct_overquota() and
nf_conntrack_broadcast_help(), from Taehee Yoo.
21) Use ipv6_addr_is_multicast() from xt_cluster, also from Taehee Yoo.
22) Statify nf_tables_obj_lookup_byhandle, patch from Fengguang Wu.
23) Fix typo in xt_limit, from Geert Uytterhoeven.
24) Do no use VLAs in Netfilter code, again from Gustavo.
25) Use ADD_COUNTER from ebtables, from Taehee Yoo.
26) Bitshift support for CONNMARK and MARK targets, from Jack Ma.
27) Use pr_*() and add pr_fmt(), from Arushi Singhal.
28) Add synproxy support to ctnetlink.
29) ICMP type and IGMP matching support for ebtables, patches from
Matthias Schiffer.
30) Support for the revision infrastructure to ebtables, from
Bernie Harris.
31) String match support for ebtables, also from Bernie.
32) Documentation for the new flowtable infrastructure.
33) Use generic comparison functions in ebt_stp, from Joe Perches.
34) Demodularize filter chains in nftables.
35) Register conntrack hooks in case nftables NAT chain is added.
36) Merge assignments with return in a couple of spots in the
Netfilter codebase, also from Arushi.
37) Document that xtables percpu counters are stored in the same
memory area, from Ben Hutchings.
38) Revert mark_source_chains() sanity checks that break existing
rulesets, from Florian Westphal.
39) Use is_zero_ether_addr() in the ipset codebase, from Joe Perches.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, driver registers it from pernet_operations::init method,
and this breaks modularity, because initialization of net namespace
and netdevice notifiers are orthogonal actions. We don't have
per-namespace netdevice notifiers; all of them are global for all
devices in all namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register conntrack hooks if the user adds NAT chains. Users get confused
with the existing behaviour since they will see no packets hitting this
chain until they add the first rule that refers to conntrack.
This patch adds new ->init() and ->free() indirections to chain types
that can be used by NAT chains to invoke the conntrack dependency.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
One module per supported filter chain family type takes too much memory
for very little code - too much modularization - place all chain filter
definitions in one single file.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use WARN_ON() instead since it should not happen that neither family
goes over NFPROTO_NUMPROTO nor there is already a chain of this type
already registered.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use nft_ prefix. By when I added chain types, I forgot to use the
nftables prefix. Rename enum nft_chain_type to enum nft_chain_types too,
otherwise there is an overlap.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add support for the BPF_F_INGRESS flag in sk_msg redirect helper.
To do this add a scatterlist ring for receiving socks to check
before calling into regular recvmsg call path. Additionally, because
the poll wakeup logic only checked the skb recv queue we need to
add a hook in TCP stack (similar to write side) so that we have
a way to wake up polling socks when a scatterlist is redirected
to that sock.
After this all that is needed is for the redirect helper to
push the scatterlist into the psock receive queue.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
first bullet here:
* EAPoL-over-nl80211 from Denis - this will let us fix
some long-standing issues with bridging, races with
encryption and more
* DFS offload support from the qtnfmac folks
* regulatory database changes for the new ETSI adaptivity
requirements
* various other fixes and small enhancements
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=hI0F
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-03-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
We have a fair number of patches, but many of them are from the
first bullet here:
* EAPoL-over-nl80211 from Denis - this will let us fix
some long-standing issues with bridging, races with
encryption and more
* DFS offload support from the qtnfmac folks
* regulatory database changes for the new ETSI adaptivity
requirements
* various other fixes and small enhancements
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnl_lock() is used everywhere, and contention is very high.
When someone wants to iterate over alive net namespaces,
he/she has no a possibility to do that without exclusive lock.
But the exclusive rtnl_lock() in such places is overkill,
and it just increases the contention. Yes, there is already
for_each_net_rcu() in kernel, but it requires rcu_read_lock(),
and this can't be sleepable. Also, sometimes it may be need
really prevent net_namespace_list growth, so for_each_net_rcu()
is not fit there.
This patch introduces new rw_semaphore, which will be used
instead of rtnl_mutex to protect net_namespace_list. It is
sleepable and allows not-exclusive iterations over net
namespaces list. It allows to stop using rtnl_lock()
in several places (what is made in next patches) and makes
less the time, we keep rtnl_mutex. Here we just add new lock,
while the explanation of we can remove rtnl_lock() there are
in next patches.
Fine grained locks generally are better, then one big lock,
so let's do that with net_namespace_list, while the situation
allows that.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit implements the TX side of NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
Userspace provides the raw EAPoL frame using NL80211_ATTR_FRAME.
Userspace should also provide the destination address and the protocol
type to use when sending the frame. This is used to implement TX of
Pre-authentication frames. If CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE_NO_ENCRYPT is
specified, then the driver will be asked not to encrypt the outgoing
frame.
A new EXT_FEATURE flag is introduced so that nl80211 code can check
whether a given wiphy has capability to pass EAPoL frames over nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This commit also adds cfg80211_rx_control_port function. This is used
to generate a CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME event out to userspace. The
conn_owner_nlportid is used as the unicast destination. This means that
userspace must specify NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER flag if control port
over nl80211 routing is requested in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, NL80211_CMD_START_AP or IBSS/mesh join.
Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com>
[johannes: fix return value of cfg80211_rx_control_port()]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In general regulatory self managed devices maintain their own
regulatory profiles thus it doesn't have to query the regulatory database
on country change.
ETSI has recently introduced a new channel access mechanism for 5GHz
that all wlan devices need to comply with.
These values are stored in the regulatory database.
There are self managed devices which can't maintain these
values on their own. Add API to allow self managed regulatory devices
to query the regulatory database for high band wmm rule.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[johannes: fix documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ETSI EN 301 893 v2.1.1 (2017-05) standard defines a new channel access
mechanism that all devices (WLAN and LAA) need to comply with.
The regulatory database can now be loaded into the kernel and also
has the option to load optional data.
In order to be able to comply with ETSI standard, we add wmm_rule into
regulatory rule and add the option to read its value from the regulatory
database.
Signed-off-by: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[johannes: fix memory leak in error path]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently bw and smps_mode are u8 type value in sta_opmode_info
structure. This values filled in mac80211 from ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth
and ieee80211_smps_mode. These enum values are specific to mac80211 and
userspace/cfg80211 doesn't know about that. This will lead to incorrect
result/assumption by the user space application.
Change bw and smps_mode parameters to their respective enums in nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In rxrpc and afs, use the debug_ids that are monotonically allocated to
various objects as they're allocated rather than pointers as kernel
pointers are now hashed making them less useful. Further, the debug ids
aren't reused anywhere nearly as quickly.
In addition, allow kernel services that use rxrpc, such as afs, to take
numbers from the rxrpc counter, assign them to their own call struct and
pass them in to rxrpc for both client and service calls so that the trace
lines for each will have the same ID tag.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
This adds comments to different places to improve
readability.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net_sem is some undefined area name, so it will be better
to make the area more defined.
Rename it to pernet_ops_rwsem for better readability and
better intelligibility.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Synchronous pernet_operations are not allowed anymore.
All are asynchronous. So, drop the structure member.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
llc_conn_send_pdu() pushes the skb into write queue and
calls llc_conn_send_pdus() to flush them out. However, the
status of dev_queue_xmit() is not returned to caller,
in this case, llc_conn_state_process().
llc_conn_state_process() needs hold the skb no matter
success or failure, because it still uses it after that,
therefore we should hold skb before dev_queue_xmit() when
that skb is the one being processed by llc_conn_state_process().
For other callers, they can just pass NULL and ignore
the return value as they are.
Reported-by: Noam Rathaus <noamr@beyondsecurity.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After Commit dae399d7fd ("sctp: hold transport instead of assoc
when lookup assoc in rx path"), it put transport instead of asoc
in sctp_has_association. Variable 'asoc' is not used any more.
So this patch is to remove it, while at it, it also changes the
return type of sctp_has_association to bool, and does the same
for it's caller sctp_endpoint_is_peeled_off.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In similar fashion to ipmr, support fib notifications for ip6mr mfc and
vif related events. This would later allow drivers to react to said
notifications and offload the IPv6 mroutes.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the qdisc lock was dropped in pfifo_fast we allow multiple
enqueue threads and dequeue threads to run in parallel. On the
enqueue side the skb bit ooo_okay is used to ensure all related
skbs are enqueued in-order. On the dequeue side though there is
no similar logic. What we observe is with fewer queues than CPUs
it is possible to re-order packets when two instances of
__qdisc_run() are running in parallel. Each thread will dequeue
a skb and then whichever thread calls the ndo op first will
be sent on the wire. This doesn't typically happen because
qdisc_run() is usually triggered by the same core that did the
enqueue. However, drivers will trigger __netif_schedule()
when queues are transitioning from stopped to awake using the
netif_tx_wake_* APIs. When this happens netif_schedule() calls
qdisc_run() on the same CPU that did the netif_tx_wake_* which
is usually done in the interrupt completion context. This CPU
is selected with the irq affinity which is unrelated to the
enqueue operations.
To resolve this we add a RUNNING bit to the qdisc to ensure
only a single dequeue per qdisc is running. Enqueue and dequeue
operations can still run in parallel and also on multi queue
NICs we can still have a dequeue in-flight per qdisc, which
is typically per CPU.
Fixes: c5ad119fb6 ("net: sched: pfifo_fast use skb_array")
Reported-by: Jakob Unterwurzacher <jakob.unterwurzacher@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The biggest changes are the bluetooth related patches to the rsi
driver. It adds a new bluetooth driver which communicates directly
with the wireless driver and the interface is defined in
include/net/rsi_91x.h.
Major changes:
wl1251
* read the MAC address from the NVS file
rtlwifi
* enable mac80211 fast-tx support
mt76
* add capability to select tx/rx antennas
mt7601
* let mac80211 validate rx CCMP Packet Number (PN)
rsi
* bluetooth: add new btrsi driver
* btcoex support with the new btrsi driver
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJatkBHAAoJEG4XJFUm622bKuwH/1cPOfTDDd/kFdRSht0rkj0J
PJ+OxdlbnPuXU7R9juDo5r3WeNoyiXvsdKNYGchn9XIEq2BN1jzOzcE7FYs1IwKs
UPZ6gUgF4+wD5eL1tmiWd+P8CSMVVYAdUGE+CjXOdUT08s5NsIm4Uv86ry/nm7gI
DkrkdlRjqDb6Dx8M35kX9AguR1QHz2KmOu2htPomHzDONrD99z8FaqZQHg4oyNAX
yIvidDcDRYmMoHfkifJiuuUxnRgD935tM6QECYjGKXLnCDb9KklCaabe77lAH39M
EGI7Z6teZrvv5IozpGgPnUjr+hjgoiXxfQmFyXOZAmuSDHbxudYMfOd7KtQ18W0=
=ySDb
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2018-03-24' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
wireless-drivers-next patches for 4.17
The biggest changes are the bluetooth related patches to the rsi
driver. It adds a new bluetooth driver which communicates directly
with the wireless driver and the interface is defined in
include/net/rsi_91x.h.
Major changes:
wl1251
* read the MAC address from the NVS file
rtlwifi
* enable mac80211 fast-tx support
mt76
* add capability to select tx/rx antennas
mt7601
* let mac80211 validate rx CCMP Packet Number (PN)
rsi
* bluetooth: add new btrsi driver
* btcoex support with the new btrsi driver
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Don't pick fixed hash implementation for NFT_SET_EVAL sets, otherwise
userspace hits EOPNOTSUPP with valid rules using the meter statement,
from Florian Westphal.
2) If you send a batch that flushes the existing ruleset (that contains
a NAT chain) and the new ruleset definition comes with a new NAT
chain, don't bogusly hit EBUSY. Also from Florian.
3) Missing netlink policy attribute validation, from Florian.
4) Detach conntrack template from skbuff if IP_NODEFRAG is set on,
from Paolo Abeni.
5) Cache device names in flowtable object, otherwise we may end up
walking over devices going aways given no rtnl_lock is held.
6) Fix incorrect net_device ingress with ingress hooks.
7) Fix crash when trying to read more data than available in UDP
packets from the nf_socket infrastructure, from Subash.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_idr_cleanup() is no more used, so remove it.
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add rx path for tls software implementation.
recvmsg, splice_read, and poll implemented.
An additional sockopt TLS_RX is added, with the same interface as
TLS_TX. Either TLX_RX or TLX_TX may be provided separately, or
together (with two different setsockopt calls with appropriate keys).
Control messages are passed via CMSG in a similar way to transmit.
If no cmsg buffer is passed, then only application data records
will be passed to userspace, and EIO is returned for other types of
alerts.
EBADMSG is passed for decryption errors, and EMSGSIZE is passed for
framing too big, and EBADMSG for framing too small (matching openssl
semantics). EINVAL is returned for TLS versions that do not match the
original setsockopt call. All are unrecoverable.
strparser is used to parse TLS framing. Decryption is done directly
in to userspace buffers if they are large enough to support it, otherwise
sk_cow_data is called (similar to ipsec), and buffers are decrypted in
place and copied. splice_read always decrypts in place, since no
buffers are provided to decrypt in to.
sk_poll is overridden, and only returns POLLIN if a full TLS message is
received. Otherwise we wait for strparser to finish reading a full frame.
Actual decryption is only done during recvmsg or splice_read calls.
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several config variables are prefixed with tx, drop the prefix
since these will be used for both tx and rx.
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass EBADMSG explicitly to tls_err_abort. Receive path will
pass additional codes - EMSGSIZE if framing is larger than max
TLS record size, EINVAL if TLS version mismatch.
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate tx crypto parameters to a separate cipher_context struct.
The same parameters will be used for rx using the same struct.
tls_advance_record_sn is modified to only take the cipher info.
Signed-off-by: Dave Watson <davejwatson@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Earlier change missed the path where CONFIG_NET_DEVLINK is disabled.
Thanks to Jiri for spotting.
Fixes: 145307460b ("devlink: Remove top_hierarchy arg to devlink_resource_register")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fun set of conflict resolutions here...
For the mac80211 stuff, these were fortunately just parallel
adds. Trivially resolved.
In drivers/net/phy/phy.c we had a bug fix in 'net' that moved the
function phy_disable_interrupts() earlier in the file, whilst in
'net-next' the phy_error() call from this function was removed.
In net/ipv4/xfrm4_policy.c, David Ahern's changes to remove the
'rt_table_id' member of rtable collided with a bug fix in 'net' that
added a new struct member "rt_mtu_locked" which needs to be copied
over here.
The mlxsw driver conflict consisted of net-next separating
the span code and definitions into separate files, whilst
a 'net' bug fix made some changes to that moved code.
The mlx5 infiniband conflict resolution was quite non-trivial,
the RDMA tree's merge commit was used as a guide here, and
here are their notes:
====================
Due to bug fixes found by the syzkaller bot and taken into the for-rc
branch after development for the 4.17 merge window had already started
being taken into the for-next branch, there were fairly non-trivial
merge issues that would need to be resolved between the for-rc branch
and the for-next branch. This merge resolves those conflicts and
provides a unified base upon which ongoing development for 4.17 can
be based.
Conflicts:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/main.c - Commit 42cea83f95
(IB/mlx5: Fix cleanup order on unload) added to for-rc and
commit b5ca15ad7e (IB/mlx5: Add proper representors support)
add as part of the devel cycle both needed to modify the
init/de-init functions used by mlx5. To support the new
representors, the new functions added by the cleanup patch
needed to be made non-static, and the init/de-init list
added by the representors patch needed to be modified to
match the init/de-init list changes made by the cleanup
patch.
Updates:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/mlx5_ib.h - Update function
prototypes added by representors patch to reflect new function
names as changed by cleanup patch
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/ib_rep.c - Update init/de-init
stage list to match new order from cleanup patch
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With drivers implementing rate control in driver or firmware
rate_control_send_low() may not get called, and thus the
driver needs to know about changes in the multicast rate.
Add and use a new BSS change flag for this.
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
[rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since ra_chain is per-net, we may use per-net mutexes
to protect them in ip_ra_control(). This improves
scalability.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is optimization, which makes ip_call_ra_chain()
iterate less sockets to find the sockets it's looking for.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
top_hierarchy arg can be determined by comparing parent_resource_id to
DEVLINK_RESOURCE_ID_PARENT_TOP so it does not need to be a separate
argument.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds struct uevent_sock to struct net. Since struct uevent_sock
records the position of the uevent socket in the uevent socket list we can
trivially remove it from the uevent socket list during cleanup. This speeds
up the old removal codepath.
Note, list_del() will hit __list_del_entry_valid() in its call chain which
will validate that the element is a member of the list. If it isn't it will
take care that the list is not modified.
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devices going away have to grab the nfnl_lock from the netdev event path
to avoid races with control plane updates.
However, netlink dumps in netfilter do not hold nfnl_lock mutex. Cache
the device name into the objects to avoid an use-after-free situation
for a device that is going away.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-03-21
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add a BPF hook for sendmsg and sendfile by reusing the ULP infrastructure
and sockmap. Three helpers are added along with this, bpf_msg_apply_bytes(),
bpf_msg_cork_bytes(), and bpf_msg_pull_data(). The first is used to tell
for how many bytes the verdict should be applied to, the second to tell
that x bytes need to be queued first to retrigger the BPF program for a
verdict, and the third helper is mainly for the sendfile case to pull in
data for making it private for reading and/or writing, from John.
2) Improve address to symbol resolution of user stack traces in BPF stackmap.
Currently, the latter stores the address for each entry in the call trace,
however to map these addresses to user space files, it is necessary to
maintain the mapping from these virtual addresses to symbols in the binary
which is not practical for system-wide profiling. Instead, this option for
the stackmap rather stores the ELF build id and offset for the call trace
entries, from Song.
3) Add support that allows BPF programs attached to perf events to read the
address values recorded with the perf events. They are requested through
PERF_SAMPLE_ADDR via perf_event_open(). Main motivation behind it is to
support building memory or lock access profiling and tracing tools with
the help of BPF, from Teng.
4) Several improvements to the tools/bpf/ Makefiles. The 'make bpf' in the
tools directory does not provide the standard quiet output except for
bpftool and it also does not respect specifying a build output directory.
'make bpf_install' command neither respects specified destination nor
prefix, all from Jiri. In addition, Jakub fixes several other minor issues
in the Makefiles on top of that, e.g. fixing dependency paths, phony
targets and more.
5) Various doc updates e.g. add a comment for BPF fs about reserved names
to make the dentry lookup from there a bit more obvious, and a comment
to the bpf_devel_QA file in order to explain the diff between native
and bpf target clang usage with regards to pointer size, from Quentin
and Daniel.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 7b6ddeaf27 ("mac80211: use QoS NDP for AP probing") added an
argument qos_ok to ieee80211_nullfunc_get to support QoS NDP. Despite
the claim in the commit log "Change all the drivers to *not* allow
QoS NDP for now, even though it looks like most of them should be OK
with that", this commit enables QoS NDP in response to beacons (see
change to mlme.c:ieee80211_send_nullfunc), causing ath9k_htc to lose
IP connectivity. See:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/10241109/https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=891060
Introduce a hardware flag to allow such buggy drivers to override the
correct default behaviour of mac80211 of sending QoS NDP packets.
Signed-off-by: Ben Caradoc-Davies <ben@transient.nz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove parameter 'family' in nf_conncount_count() and count_tree().
It is because the parameter is not useful after commit 625c556118
("netfilter: connlimit: split xt_connlimit into front and backend").
Signed-off-by: Yi-Hung Wei <yihung.wei@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The current implementation of sk_alloc_sg expects scatterlist to always
start at entry 0 and complete at entry MAX_SKB_FRAGS.
Future patches will want to support starting at arbitrary offset into
scatterlist so add an additional sg_start parameters and then default
to the current values in TLS code paths.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
The TLS ULP module builds scatterlists from a sock using
page_frag_refill(). This is going to be useful for other ULPs
so move it into sock file for more general use.
In the process remove useless goto at end of while loop.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
use proc_remove_subtree() for subtree removal, both on setup failure
halfway through and on teardown. No need to make simple things
complex...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the udp_rmem_min, udp_wmem_min
to namespace and init the udp_l3mdev_accept explicitly.
The udp_rmem_min/udp_wmem_min affect udp rx/tx queue,
with this patch namespaces can set them differently.
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <xiangxia.m.yue@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_chk_addr_and_flags determines if an address is a local address and
optionally if it is an address on a specific device. For example, it is
called by ip6_route_info_create to determine if a given gateway address
is a local address. The address check currently does not consider L3
domains and as a result does not allow a route to be added in one VRF
if the nexthop points to an address in a second VRF. e.g.,
$ ip route add 2001:db8:1::/64 vrf r2 via 2001:db8:102::23
Error: Invalid gateway address.
where 2001:db8:102::23 is an address on an interface in vrf r1.
ipv6_chk_addr_and_flags needs to allow callers to always pass in a device
with a separate argument to not limit the address to the specific device.
The device is used used to determine the L3 domain of interest.
To that end add an argument to skip the device check and update callers
to always pass a device where possible and use the new argument to mean
any address in the domain.
Update a handful of users of ipv6_chk_addr with a NULL dev argument. This
patch handles the change to these callers without adding the domain check.
ip6_validate_gw needs to handle 2 cases - one where the device is given
as part of the nexthop spec and the other where the device is resolved.
There is at least 1 VRF case where deferring the check to only after
the route lookup has resolved the device fails with an unintuitive error
"RTNETLINK answers: No route to host" as opposed to the preferred
"Error: Gateway can not be a local address." The 'no route to host'
error is because of the fallback to a full lookup. The check is done
twice to avoid this error.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add SCTP_AUTH_NO_AUTH type for AUTHENTICATION_EVENT,
as described in section 6.1.8 of RFC6458.
SCTP_AUTH_NO_AUTH: This report indicates that the peer does not
support SCTP authentication as defined in [RFC4895].
Note that the implementation is quite similar as that of
SCTP_ADAPTATION_INDICATION.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add sockopt SCTP_AUTH_DEACTIVATE_KEY, as described in
section 8.3.4 of RFC6458.
This set option indicates that the application will no longer send user
messages using the indicated key identifier.
Note that RFC requires that only deactivated keys that are no longer used
by an association can be deleted, but for the backward compatibility, it
is not to check deactivated when deleting or replacing one sh_key.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add support for SCTP AUTH Information for sendmsg,
as described in section 5.3.8 of RFC6458.
With this option, you can provide shared key identifier used for
sending the user message.
It's also a necessary send info for sctp_sendv.
Note that it reuses sinfo->sinfo_tsn to indicate if this option is
set and sinfo->sinfo_ssn to save the shkey ID which can be 0.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With refcnt support for sh_key, chunks auth sh_keys can be decided
before enqueuing it. Changing the active key later will not affect
the chunks already enqueued.
Furthermore, this is necessary when adding the support for authinfo
for sendmsg in next patch.
Note that struct sctp_chunk can't be grown due to that performance
drop issue on slow cpu, so it just reuses head_skb memory for shkey
in sctp_chunk.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to the rework of PMTU information storage in commit
2c8cec5c10 ("ipv4: Cache learned PMTU information in inetpeer."),
when a PMTU event advertising a PMTU smaller than
net.ipv4.route.min_pmtu was received, we would disable setting the DF
flag on packets by locking the MTU metric, and set the PMTU to
net.ipv4.route.min_pmtu.
Since then, we don't disable DF, and set PMTU to
net.ipv4.route.min_pmtu, so the intermediate router that has this link
with a small MTU will have to drop the packets.
This patch reestablishes pre-2.6.39 behavior by splitting
rtable->rt_pmtu into a bitfield with rt_mtu_locked and rt_pmtu.
rt_mtu_locked indicates that we shouldn't set the DF bit on that path,
and is checked in ip_dont_fragment().
One possible workaround is to set net.ipv4.route.min_pmtu to a value low
enough to accommodate the lowest MTU encountered.
Fixes: 2c8cec5c10 ("ipv4: Cache learned PMTU information in inetpeer.")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Redpine bluetooth driver is a thin driver which depends on
'rsi_91x' driver for transmitting and receiving packets
to/from device. It creates hci interface when attach() is
called from 'rsi_91x' module.
Signed-off-by: Prameela Rani Garnepudi <prameela.j04cs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Rebbagondla <siva.rebbagondla@redpinesignals.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <amit.karwar@redpinesignals.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
With BT support, driver has to handle two streams of data
(i.e. wlan and BT). Actual coex implementation is in firmware.
Coex module just schedule the packets to firmware by taking them
from the corresponding paths.
Structures for module and protocol operations are introduced for
this purpose. Protocol operations structure is global structure
which can be shared among different modules. Move initialization
of coex and operating mode values to rsi_91x_init().
Signed-off-by: Prameela Rani Garnepudi <prameela.j04cs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Rebbagondla <siva.rebbagondla@redpinesignals.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <amit.karwar@redpinesignals.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The common parameters used by wlan and bt modules are add
to a new header file "rsi_91x.h" defined in 'include/net'
Signed-off-by: Prameela Rani Garnepudi <prameela.j04cs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Rebbagondla <siva.rebbagondla@redpinesignals.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <amit.karwar@redpinesignals.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make locking scheme be visible for users, and provide
a comment what for we are need exit_batch() methods,
and when it should be used.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2018-03-13
1) Refuse to insert 32 bit userspace socket policies on 64
bit systems like we do it for standard policies. We don't
have a compat layer, so inserting socket policies from
32 bit userspace will lead to a broken configuration.
2) Make the policy hold queue work without the flowcache.
Dummy bundles are not chached anymore, so we need to
generate a new one on each lookup as long as the SAs
are not yet in place.
3) Fix the validation of the esn replay attribute. The
The sanity check in verify_replay() is bypassed if
the XFRM_STATE_ESN flag is not set. Fix this by doing
the sanity check uncoditionally.
From Florian Westphal.
4) After most of the dst_entry garbage collection code
is removed, we may leak xfrm_dst entries as they are
neither cached nor tracked somewhere. Fix this by
reusing the 'uncached_list' to track xfrm_dst entries
too. From Xin Long.
5) Fix a rcu_read_lock/rcu_read_unlock imbalance in
xfrm_get_tos() From Xin Long.
6) Fix an infinite loop in xfrm_get_dst_nexthop. On
transport mode we fetch the child dst_entry after
we continue, so this pointer is never updated.
Fix this by fetching it before we continue.
7) Fix ESN sequence number gap after IPsec GSO packets.
We accidentally increment the sequence number counter
on the xfrm_state by one packet too much in the ESN
case. Fix this by setting the sequence number to the
correct value.
8) Reset the ethernet protocol after decapsulation only if a
mac header was set. Otherwise it breaks configurations
with TUN devices. From Yossi Kuperman.
9) Fix __this_cpu_read() usage in preemptible code. Use
this_cpu_read() instead in ipcomp_alloc_tfms().
From Greg Hackmann.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to abstract away access to the
ipv6.sysctl.multipath_hash_policy variable, which is not available on
systems compiled without IPv6 support, introduce a wrapper function
ip6_multipath_hash_policy() that falls back to 0 on non-IPv6 systems.
Use this wrapper from mlxsw/spectrum_router instead of a direct
reference.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now when using 'ss' in iproute, kernel would try to load all _diag
modules, which also causes corresponding family and proto modules
to be loaded as well due to module dependencies.
Like after running 'ss', sctp, dccp, af_packet (if it works as a module)
would be loaded.
For example:
$ lsmod|grep sctp
$ ss
$ lsmod|grep sctp
sctp_diag 16384 0
sctp 323584 5 sctp_diag
inet_diag 24576 4 raw_diag,tcp_diag,sctp_diag,udp_diag
libcrc32c 16384 3 nf_conntrack,nf_nat,sctp
As these family and proto modules are loaded unintentionally, it
could cause some problems, like:
- Some debug tools use 'ss' to collect the socket info, which loads all
those diag and family and protocol modules. It's noisy for identifying
issues.
- Users usually expect to drop sctp init packet silently when they
have no sense of sctp protocol instead of sending abort back.
- It wastes resources (especially with multiple netns), and SCTP module
can't be unloaded once it's loaded.
...
In short, it's really inappropriate to have these family and proto
modules loaded unexpectedly when just doing debugging with inet_diag.
This patch is to introduce sock_load_diag_module() where it loads
the _diag module only when it's corresponding family or proto has
been already registered.
Note that we can't just load _diag module without the family or
proto loaded, as some symbols used in _diag module are from the
family or proto module.
v1->v2:
- move inet proto check to inet_diag to avoid a compiling err.
v2->v3:
- define sock_load_diag_module in sock.c and export one symbol
only.
- improve the changelog.
Reported-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Acked-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new callback in tc_action_ops, it will be needed by the tc actions
to compute its size when a ADD/DELETE notification message is constructed.
This routine has to take into account optional/variable size TLVs specific
per action.
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new function argument to carry total attributes size for
correct allocation of skb in event messages.
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fallback tunnels (like tunl0, gre0, gretap0, erspan0, sit0,
ip6tnl0, ip6gre0) are automatically created when the corresponding
module is loaded.
These tunnels are also automatically created when a new network
namespace is created, at a great cost.
In many cases, netns are used for isolation purposes, and these
extra network devices are a waste of resources. We are using
thousands of netns per host, and hit the netns creation/delete
bottleneck a lot. (Many thanks to Kirill for recent work on this)
Add a new sysctl so that we can opt-out from this automatic creation.
Note that these tunnels are still created for the initial namespace,
to be the least intrusive for typical setups.
Tested:
lpk43:~# cat add_del_unshare.sh
for i in `seq 1 40`
do
(for j in `seq 1 100` ; do unshare -n /bin/true >/dev/null ; done) &
done
wait
lpk43:~# echo 0 >/proc/sys/net/core/fb_tunnels_only_for_init_net
lpk43:~# time ./add_del_unshare.sh
real 0m37.521s
user 0m0.886s
sys 7m7.084s
lpk43:~# echo 1 >/proc/sys/net/core/fb_tunnels_only_for_init_net
lpk43:~# time ./add_del_unshare.sh
real 0m4.761s
user 0m0.851s
sys 1m8.343s
lpk43:~#
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we exceed current packets limit and we have more than one
segment in the list returned by skb_gso_segment(), netem drops
only the first one, skipping the rest, hence kmemleak reports:
unreferenced object 0xffff880b5d23b600 (size 1024):
comm "softirq", pid 0, jiffies 4384527763 (age 2770.629s)
hex dump (first 32 bytes):
00 80 23 5d 0b 88 ff ff 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ..#]............
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
backtrace:
[<00000000d8a19b9d>] __alloc_skb+0xc9/0x520
[<000000001709b32f>] skb_segment+0x8c8/0x3710
[<00000000c7b9bb88>] tcp_gso_segment+0x331/0x1830
[<00000000c921cba1>] inet_gso_segment+0x476/0x1370
[<000000008b762dd4>] skb_mac_gso_segment+0x1f9/0x510
[<000000002182660a>] __skb_gso_segment+0x1dd/0x620
[<00000000412651b9>] netem_enqueue+0x1536/0x2590 [sch_netem]
[<0000000005d3b2a9>] __dev_queue_xmit+0x1167/0x2120
[<00000000fc5f7327>] ip_finish_output2+0x998/0xf00
[<00000000d309e9d3>] ip_output+0x1aa/0x2c0
[<000000007ecbd3a4>] tcp_transmit_skb+0x18db/0x3670
[<0000000042d2a45f>] tcp_write_xmit+0x4d4/0x58c0
[<0000000056a44199>] tcp_tasklet_func+0x3d9/0x540
[<0000000013d06d02>] tasklet_action+0x1ca/0x250
[<00000000fcde0b8b>] __do_softirq+0x1b4/0x5a3
[<00000000e7ed027c>] irq_exit+0x1e2/0x210
Fix it by adding the rest of the segments, if any, to skb 'to_free'
list. Add new __qdisc_drop_all() and qdisc_drop_all() functions
because they can be useful in the future if we need to drop segmented
GSO packets in other places.
Fixes: 6071bd1aa1 ("netem: Segment GSO packets on enqueue")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add support for Destination IPv4/6 Address options
for sendmsg, as described in section 5.3.9/10 of RFC6458.
With this option, you can provide more than one destination addrs
to sendmsg when creating asoc, like sctp_connectx.
It's also a necessary send info for sctp_sendv.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to add support for PR-SCTP Information for sendmsg,
as described in section 5.3.7 of RFC6458.
With this option, you can specify pr_policy and pr_value for user
data in sendmsg.
It's also a necessary send info for sctp_sendv.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All of the conflicts were cases of overlapping changes.
In net/core/devlink.c, we have to make care that the
resouce size_params have become a struct member rather
than a pointer to such an object.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As suggested by Eric, we need to make the xt_rateest
hash table and its lock per netns to reduce lock
contentions.
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
parameter protoff in nf_conntrack_broadcast_help is not used anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This fixes the following kernel-doc warning:
./include/net/dst.h:366: warning: Function parameter or member 'net' not described in 'skb_tunnel_rx'
Fixes: ea23192e8e ("tunnels: harmonize cleanup done on skb on rx path")
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Neuschäfer <j.neuschaefer@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The other dst_cache_{get,set}_ip{4,6} functions, and the doc comment for
dst_cache_set_ip6 use 'saddr' for their source address parameter. Rename
the parameter to increase consistency.
This fixes the following kernel-doc warnings:
./include/net/dst_cache.h:58: warning: Function parameter or member 'addr' not described in 'dst_cache_set_ip6'
./include/net/dst_cache.h:58: warning: Excess function parameter 'saddr' description in 'dst_cache_set_ip6'
Fixes: 911362c70d ("net: add dst_cache support")
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Neuschäfer <j.neuschaefer@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By passing the port, we allow different ports to have different
statistics. This is useful since some ports have SERDES interfaces
with their own statistic counters.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__get_hash_from_flowi6 is still used for flowlabels, but the IPv4
variant and the wrappers to both are not used. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some operators prefer IPv6 path selection to use a standard 5-tuple
hash rather than just an L3 hash with the flow the label. To that end
add support to IPv6 for multipath hash policy similar to bf4e0a3db9
("net: ipv4: add support for ECMP hash policy choice"). The default
is still L3 which covers source and destination addresses along with
flow label and IPv6 protocol.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 does path selection for multipath routes deep in the lookup
functions. The next patch adds L4 hash option and needs the skb
for the forward path. To get the skb to the relevant FIB lookup
functions it needs to go through the fib rules layer, so add a
lookup_data argument to the fib_lookup_arg struct.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename NETEVENT_MULTIPATH_HASH_UPDATE to
NETEVENT_IPV4_MPATH_HASH_UPDATE to denote it relates to a change
in the IPv4 hash policy.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_multipath_hash only needs net struct to check a sysctl. Make it
clear by passing net instead of fib_info. In the end this allows
alignment between the ipv4 and ipv6 versions.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* hwsim net namespace stuff from Kirill Tkhai
* A-MSDU support in fast-RX
* 4-addr mode support in fast-RX
* support for a spec quirk in Add-BA negotiation
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=BTxG
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-03-02' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Only a few new things:
* hwsim net namespace stuff from Kirill Tkhai
* A-MSDU support in fast-RX
* 4-addr mode support in fast-RX
* support for a spec quirk in Add-BA negotiation
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is second part of dealing with suboptimal device gso parameters.
In first patch (350c9f484b "tcp_bbr: better deal with suboptimal GSO")
we dealt with devices having low gso_max_segs
Some devices lower gso_max_size from 64KB to 16 KB (r8152 is an example)
In order to probe an optimal cwnd, we want BBR being not sensitive
to whatever GSO constraint a device can have.
This patch removes tso_segs_goal() CC callback in favor of
min_tso_segs() for CC wanting to override sysctl_tcp_min_tso_segs
Next patch will remove bbr->tso_segs_goal since it does not have
to be persistent.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Apparently these Dayna cards don't have a pseudoslot declaration ROM
which means they can't be probed like NuBus cards.
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: Finn Thain <fthain@telegraphics.com.au>
Acked-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: bfff486265 ("net: fib_rules: support for match on ip_proto, sport and dport")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix trivial spelling mistake "greater then" -> "greater than".
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following previous changes to ip6mr, mr_table and mr6_table are
basically the same [up to mr6_table having additional '6' suffixes to
its variable names].
Move the common structure definition into a common header; This
requires renaming all references in ip6mr to variables that had the
distinct suffix.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dissect flow in fwd path if fib rules require it. Controlled by
a flag to avoid penatly for the common case. Flag is set when fib
rules with sport, dport and proto match that require flow dissect
are installed. Also passes the dissected hash keys to the multipath
hash function when applicable to avoid dissecting the flow again.
icmp packets will continue to use inner header for hash
calculations.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dissect flow in fwd path if fib rules require it. Controlled by
a flag to avoid penatly for the common case. Flag is set when fib
rules with sport, dport and proto match that require flow dissect
are installed. Also passes the dissected hash keys to the multipath
hash function when applicable to avoid dissecting the flow again.
icmp packets will continue to use inner header for hash
calculations (Thanks to Nikolay Aleksandrov for some review here).
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
uapi for ip_proto, sport and dport range match
in fib rules.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current code uses global variables, adjusts them and passes pointer down
to devlink. With every other mlxsw_core instance, the previously passed
pointer values are rewritten. Fix this by de-globalize the variables and
also memcpy size_params during devlink resource registration.
Also, introduce a convenient size_param_init helper.
Fixes: ef3116e540 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Register KVD resources with devlink")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offload sch_prio graft command for capable drivers.
Warn in case of a failure, unless the graft was done as part of a destroy
operation (the new qdisc is a noop) or if all the qdiscs (the parent, the
old child, and the new one) are not offloaded.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ran simple script to find/remove trailing whitespace and blank lines
at EOF because that kind of stuff git whines about and editors leave
behind.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initializing struct flowi4 is useful for drivers that need to emulate
routing decisions made by a tunnel interface. Publish the
function (appropriately renamed) so that the drivers in question don't
need to cut'n'paste it around.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Determining whether a device is a GRE device is easily done by
inspecting struct net_device.type. However, for the tap variants, the
type is just ARPHRD_ETHER.
Therefore introduce two predicate functions that use netdev_ops to tell
the tap devices.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only works if the IV was stripped from packets. Create a smaller
variant of ieee80211_rx_h_amsdu, which bypasses checks already done
within the fast-rx context.
In order to do so, update cfg80211's ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr()
to take the offset between header and snap.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add security hooks allowing security modules to exercise access control
over SCTP.
Signed-off-by: Richard Haines <richard_c_haines@btinternet.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Add ip option support to allow LSM security modules to utilise CIPSO/IPv4
and CALIPSO/IPv6 services.
Signed-off-by: Richard Haines <richard_c_haines@btinternet.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
For ages iproute2 has used `struct rtmsg` as the ancillary header for
FIB rules and in the process set the protocol value to RTPROT_BOOT.
Until ca56209a66 ("net: Allow a rule to track originating protocol")
the kernel rules code ignored the protocol value sent from userspace
and always returned 0 in notifications. To avoid incompatibility with
existing iproute2, send the protocol as a new attribute.
Fixes: cac56209a6 ("net: Allow a rule to track originating protocol")
Signed-off-by: Donald Sharp <sharpd@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One thing to note: I've included a new ethertype
that wireless uses (ETH_P_PREAUTH) in if_ether.h.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=A6XK
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-02-22' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Various updates across wireless.
One thing to note: I've included a new ethertype
that wireless uses (ETH_P_PREAUTH) in if_ether.h.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cfg80211: fix cfg80211_beacon_dup
-> old bug in this code
cfg80211: clear wep keys after disconnection
-> certain ways of disconnecting left the keys
mac80211: round IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM up to multiple of 4
-> alignment issues with using 14 bytes
mac80211: Do not disconnect on invalid operating class
-> if the AP has a bogus operating class, let it be
mac80211: Fix sending ADDBA response for an ongoing session
-> don't send the same frame twice
cfg80211: use only 1Mbps for basic rates in mesh
-> interop issue with old versions of our code
mac80211_hwsim: don't use WQ_MEM_RECLAIM
-> it causes splats because it flushes work on a non-reclaim WQ
regulatory: add NUL to request alpha2
-> nla_put_string() issue from Kees
mac80211: mesh: fix wrong mesh TTL offset calculation
-> protocol issue
mac80211: fix a possible leak of station stats
-> error path might leak memory
mac80211: fix calling sleeping function in atomic context
-> percpu allocations need to be made with gfp flags
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=kwiY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2018-02-22' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Various fixes across the tree, the shortlog basically says it all:
cfg80211: fix cfg80211_beacon_dup
-> old bug in this code
cfg80211: clear wep keys after disconnection
-> certain ways of disconnecting left the keys
mac80211: round IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM up to multiple of 4
-> alignment issues with using 14 bytes
mac80211: Do not disconnect on invalid operating class
-> if the AP has a bogus operating class, let it be
mac80211: Fix sending ADDBA response for an ongoing session
-> don't send the same frame twice
cfg80211: use only 1Mbps for basic rates in mesh
-> interop issue with old versions of our code
mac80211_hwsim: don't use WQ_MEM_RECLAIM
-> it causes splats because it flushes work on a non-reclaim WQ
regulatory: add NUL to request alpha2
-> nla_put_string() issue from Kees
mac80211: mesh: fix wrong mesh TTL offset calculation
-> protocol issue
mac80211: fix a possible leak of station stats
-> error path might leak memory
mac80211: fix calling sleeping function in atomic context
-> percpu allocations need to be made with gfp flags
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In multi channel scenarios, when disassociating from the AP before a
beacon was heard from the AP, it is not guaranteed that the virtual
interface is granted air time for the transmission of the
deauthentication frame. This in turn can lead to various issues as
the AP might never get the deauthentication frame.
To mitigate such possible issues, add a HW flag indicating that the
driver requires mac80211 to call the mgd_prep_tx() driver callback
to make sure that the virtual interface is granted immediate airtime
to be able to transmit the frame, in case that no beacon was heard
from the AP.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Similar to the ancient commit a5fe8e7695 ("regulatory: add NUL
to alpha2"), add another byte to alpha2 in the request struct so
that when we use nla_put_string(), we don't overrun anything.
Fixes: 73d54c9e74 ("cfg80211: add regulatory netlink multicast group")
Reported-by: Kees Cook <keescook@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow a rule that is being added/deleted/modified or
dumped to contain the originating protocol's id.
The protocol is handled just like a routes originating
protocol is. This is especially useful because there
is starting to be a plethora of different user space
programs adding rules.
Allow the vrf device to specify that the kernel is the originator
of the rule created for this device.
Signed-off-by: Donald Sharp <sharpd@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCPF_ macro depends on the definition of TCP_ macro.
So it is better to define them with TCP_ marco.
Signed-off-by: Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since TCP relies on GSO, we do not need this helper anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Oleksandr Natalenko reported performance issues with BBR without FQ
packet scheduler that were root caused to lack of SG and GSO/TSO on
his configuration.
In this mode, TCP internal pacing has to setup a high resolution timer
for each MSS sent.
We could implement in TCP a strategy similar to the one adopted
in commit fefa569a9d ("net_sched: sch_fq: account for schedule/timers drifts")
or decide to finally switch TCP stack to a GSO only mode.
This has many benefits :
1) Most TCP developments are done with TSO in mind.
2) Less high-resolution timers needs to be armed for TCP-pacing
3) GSO can benefit of xmit_more hint
4) Receiver GRO is more effective (as if TSO was used for real on sender)
-> Lower ACK traffic
5) Write queues have less overhead (one skb holds about 64KB of payload)
6) SACK coalescing just works.
7) rtx rb-tree contains less packets, SACK is cheaper.
This patch implements the minimum patch, but we can remove some legacy
code as follow ups.
Tested:
On 40Gbit link, one netperf -t TCP_STREAM
BBR+fq:
sg on: 26 Gbits/sec
sg off: 15.7 Gbits/sec (was 2.3 Gbit before patch)
BBR+pfifo_fast:
sg on: 24.2 Gbits/sec
sg off: 14.9 Gbits/sec (was 0.66 Gbit before patch !!! )
BBR+fq_codel:
sg on: 24.4 Gbits/sec
sg off: 15 Gbits/sec (was 0.66 Gbit before patch !!! )
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Oleksandr Natalenko <oleksandr@natalenko.name>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This resolves an old bug that constrained this driver to no more than
one card.
Tested-by: Stan Johnson <userm57@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Finn Thain <fthain@telegraphics.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After adding size validation logic into core cleanup is required.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This simplifies cleanup queueing and makes cleanup lists
to use llist primitives. Since llist has its own cmpxchg()
ordering, cleanup_list_lock is not more need.
Also, struct llist_node is smaller, than struct list_head,
so we save some bytes in struct net with this patch.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We take net_mutex, when there are !async pernet_operations
registered, and read locking of net_sem is not enough. But
we may get rid of taking the mutex, and just change the logic
to write lock net_sem in such cases. This obviously reduces
the number of lock operations, we do.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows users to get ack signal strength of
last transmitted frame.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswara Naralasetty <vnaralas@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch provides support to get ack signal in probe client response
and in station info from user.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswara Naralasetty <vnaralas@codeaurora.org>
[squash in compilation fixes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This ensures that mac80211 allocated management frames are properly
aligned, which makes copying them more efficient.
For instance, mt76 uses iowrite32_copy to copy beacon frames to beacon
template memory on the chip.
Misaligned 32-bit accesses cause CPU exceptions on MIPS and should be
avoided.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds extack handling for a common used TC act function
"tcf_generic_walker()" to add an extack message on failures.
The tcf_generic_walker() function can fail if get a invalid command
different than DEL and GET. The naming "action" here is wrong, the
correct naming would be command.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for act walker callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific act
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for act lookup callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific act
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for act init callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific act
implementation.
Based on work by David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack to tcf_action_init and tcf_action_init_1
functions. These are necessary to make individual extack handling in
each act implementation.
Based on work by David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is used by subsequent patches. It fixes code style issues
caught by checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since UDP-Lite is always using checksum, the following path is
triggered when calculating pseudo header for it:
udp4_csum_init() or udp6_csum_init()
skb_checksum_init_zero_check()
__skb_checksum_validate_complete()
The problem can appear if skb->len is less than CHECKSUM_BREAK. In
this particular case __skb_checksum_validate_complete() also invokes
__skb_checksum_complete(skb). If UDP-Lite is using partial checksum
that covers only part of a packet, the function will return bad
checksum and the packet will be dropped.
It can be fixed if we skip skb_checksum_init_zero_check() and only
set the required pseudo header checksum for UDP-Lite with partial
checksum before udp4_csum_init()/udp6_csum_init() functions return.
Fixes: ed70fcfcee ("net: Call skb_checksum_init in IPv4")
Fixes: e4f45b7f40 ("net: Call skb_checksum_init in IPv6")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack to tcf_action_init and tcf_action_init_1
functions. These are necessary to make individual extack handling in
each act implementation.
Based on work by David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is used by subsequent patches. It fixes code style issues
caught by checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In early time, when freeing a xdst, it would be inserted into
dst_garbage.list first. Then if it's refcnt was still held
somewhere, later it would be put into dst_busy_list in
dst_gc_task().
When one dev was being unregistered, the dev of these dsts in
dst_busy_list would be set with loopback_dev and put this dev.
So that this dev's removal wouldn't get blocked, and avoid the
kmsg warning:
kernel:unregister_netdevice: waiting for veth0 to become \
free. Usage count = 2
However after Commit 52df157f17 ("xfrm: take refcnt of dst
when creating struct xfrm_dst bundle"), the xdst will not be
freed with dst gc, and this warning happens.
To fix it, we need to find these xdsts that are still held by
others when removing the dev, and free xdst's dev and set it
with loopback_dev.
But unfortunately after flow_cache for xfrm was deleted, no
list tracks them anymore. So we need to save these xdsts
somewhere to release the xdst's dev later.
To make this easier, this patch is to reuse uncached_list to
track xdsts, so that the dev refcnt can be released in the
event NETDEV_UNREGISTER process of fib_netdev_notifier.
Thanks to Florian, we could move forward this fix quickly.
Fixes: 52df157f17 ("xfrm: take refcnt of dst when creating struct xfrm_dst bundle")
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Remove rt_table_id from rtable. It was added for getroute to return the
table id that was hit in the lookup. With the changes for fibmatch the
table id can be extracted from the fib_info returned in the fib_result
so it no longer needs to be in rtable directly.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 uses set_lwt_redirect to set the lwtunnel redirect functions as
needed. Move it to lwtunnel.h as lwtunnel_set_redirect and change
IPv6 to also use it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Forward the rx/tx timestamp machinery from the dsa infrastructure to the
switch driver.
On the rx side, defer delivery of skbs until we have an rx timestamp.
This mimicks the behavior of skb_defer_rx_timestamp.
On the tx side, identify PTP packets, clone them, and pass them to the
underlying switch driver before we transmit. This mimicks the behavior
of skb_tx_timestamp.
Adjusted txstamp API to keep the allocation and freeing of the clone
in the same central function by Richard Cochran
Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support to the dsa slave network device so that
switch drivers can implement the SIOC[GS]HWTSTAMP ioctls and the
ethtool timestamp-info interface.
Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
배석진 reported that in some situations, packets for a given 5-tuple
end up being processed by different CPUS.
This involves RPS, and fragmentation.
배석진 is seeing packet drops when a SYN_RECV request socket is
moved into ESTABLISH state. Other states are protected by socket lock.
This is caused by a CPU losing the race, and simply not caring enough.
Since this seems to occur frequently, we can do better and perform
a second lookup.
Note that all needed memory barriers are already in the existing code,
thanks to the spin_lock()/spin_unlock() pair in inet_ehash_insert()
and reqsk_put(). The second lookup must find the new socket,
unless it has already been accepted and closed by another cpu.
Note that the fragmentation could be avoided in the first place by
use of a correct TCP MSS option in the SYN{ACK} packet, but this
does not mean we can not be more robust.
Many thanks to 배석진 for a very detailed analysis.
Reported-by: 배석진 <soukjin.bae@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds new pernet_operations::async flag to indicate operations,
which ->init(), ->exit() and ->exit_batch() methods are allowed
to be executed in parallel with the methods of any other pernet_operations.
When there are only asynchronous pernet_operations in the system,
net_mutex won't be taken for a net construction and destruction.
Also, remove BUG_ON(mutex_is_locked()) from net_assign_generic()
without replacing with the equivalent net_sem check, as there is
one more lockdep assert below.
v3: Add comment near net_mutex.
Suggested-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes since v1:
Added changes in these files:
drivers/infiniband/hw/usnic/usnic_transport.c
drivers/staging/lustre/lnet/lnet/lib-socket.c
drivers/target/iscsi/iscsi_target_login.c
drivers/vhost/net.c
fs/dlm/lowcomms.c
fs/ocfs2/cluster/tcp.c
security/tomoyo/network.c
Before:
All these functions either return a negative error indicator,
or store length of sockaddr into "int *socklen" parameter
and return zero on success.
"int *socklen" parameter is awkward. For example, if caller does not
care, it still needs to provide on-stack storage for the value
it does not need.
None of the many FOO_getname() functions of various protocols
ever used old value of *socklen. They always just overwrite it.
This change drops this parameter, and makes all these functions, on success,
return length of sockaddr. It's always >= 0 and can be differentiated
from an error.
Tests in callers are changed from "if (err)" to "if (err < 0)", where needed.
rpc_sockname() lost "int buflen" parameter, since its only use was
to be passed to kernel_getsockname() as &buflen and subsequently
not used in any way.
Userspace API is not changed.
text data bss dec hex filename
30108430 2633624 873672 33615726 200ef6e vmlinux.before.o
30108109 2633612 873672 33615393 200ee21 vmlinux.o
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-decnet-user@lists.sourceforge.net
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-x25@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the mindless scripted replacement of kernel use of POLL*
variables as described by Al, done by this script:
for V in IN OUT PRI ERR RDNORM RDBAND WRNORM WRBAND HUP RDHUP NVAL MSG; do
L=`git grep -l -w POLL$V | grep -v '^t' | grep -v /um/ | grep -v '^sa' | grep -v '/poll.h$'|grep -v '^D'`
for f in $L; do sed -i "-es/^\([^\"]*\)\(\<POLL$V\>\)/\\1E\\2/" $f; done
done
with de-mangling cleanups yet to come.
NOTE! On almost all architectures, the EPOLL* constants have the same
values as the POLL* constants do. But they keyword here is "almost".
For various bad reasons they aren't the same, and epoll() doesn't
actually work quite correctly in some cases due to this on Sparc et al.
The next patch from Al will sort out the final differences, and we
should be all done.
Scripted-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2018-02-09
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Two fixes for BPF sockmap in order to break up circular map references
from programs attached to sockmap, and detaching related sockets in
case of socket close() event. For the latter we get rid of the
smap_state_change() and plug into ULP infrastructure, which will later
also be used for additional features anyway such as TX hooks. For the
second issue, dependency chain is broken up via map release callback
to free parse/verdict programs, all from John.
2) Fix a libbpf relocation issue that was found while implementing XDP
support for Suricata project. Issue was that when clang was invoked
with default target instead of bpf target, then various other e.g.
debugging relevant sections are added to the ELF file that contained
relocation entries pointing to non-BPF related sections which libbpf
trips over instead of skipping them. Test cases for libbpf are added
as well, from Jesper.
3) Various misc fixes for bpftool and one for libbpf: a small addition
to libbpf to make sure it recognizes all standard section prefixes.
Then, the Makefile in bpftool/Documentation is improved to explicitly
check for rst2man being installed on the system as we otherwise risk
installing empty man pages; the man page for bpftool-map is corrected
and a set of missing bash completions added in order to avoid shipping
bpftool where the completions are only partially working, from Quentin.
4) Fix applying the relocation to immediate load instructions in the
nfp JIT which were missing a shift, from Jakub.
5) Two fixes for the BPF kernel selftests: handle CONFIG_BPF_JIT_ALWAYS_ON=y
gracefully in test_bpf.ko module and mark them as FLAG_EXPECTED_FAIL
in this case; and explicitly delete the veth devices in the two tests
test_xdp_{meta,redirect}.sh before dismantling the netnses as when
selftests are run in batch mode, then workqueue to handle destruction
might not have finished yet and thus veth creation in next test under
same dev name would fail, from Yonghong.
6) Fix test_kmod.sh to check the test_bpf.ko module path before performing
an insmod, and fallback to modprobe. Especially the latter is useful
when having a device under test that has the modules installed instead,
from Naresh.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for you net tree, they
are:
1) Restore __GFP_NORETRY in xt_table allocations to mitigate effects of
large memory allocation requests, from Michal Hocko.
2) Release IPv6 fragment queue in case of error in fragmentation header,
this is a follow up to amend patch 83f1999cae, from Subash Abhinov
Kasiviswanathan.
3) Flowtable infrastructure depends on NETFILTER_INGRESS as it registers
a hook for each flowtable, reported by John Crispin.
4) Missing initialization of info->priv in xt_cgroup version 1, from
Cong Wang.
5) Give a chance to garbage collector to run after scheduling flowtable
cleanup.
6) Releasing flowtable content on nft_flow_offload module removal is
not required at all, there is not dependencies between this module
and flowtables, remove it.
7) Fix missing xt_rateest_mutex grabbing for hash insertions, also from
Cong Wang.
8) Move nf_flow_table_cleanup() routine to flowtable core, this patch is
a dependency for the next patch in this list.
9) Flowtable resources are not properly released on removal from the
control plane. Fix this resource leak by scheduling removal of all
entries and explicit call to the garbage collector.
10) nf_ct_nat_offset() declaration is dead code, this function prototype
is not used anywhere, remove it. From Taehee Yoo.
11) Fix another flowtable resource leak on entry insertion failures,
this patch also fixes a possible use-after-free. Patch from Felix
Fietkau.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flow_offload_del frees the flow, so all associated resource must be
freed before.
Since the ct entry in struct flow_offload_entry was allocated by
flow_offload_alloc, it should be freed by flow_offload_free to take care
of the error handling path when flow_offload_add fails.
While at it, make flow_offload_del static, since it should never be
called directly, only from the gc step
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Every flow_offload entry is added into the table twice. Because of this,
rhashtable_free_and_destroy can't be used, since it would call kfree for
each flow_offload object twice.
This patch cleans up the flowtable via nf_flow_table_iterate() to
schedule removal of entries by setting on the dying bit, then there is
an explicitly invocation of the garbage collector to release resources.
Based on patch from Felix Fietkau.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the flowtable cleanup routines to nf_flow_table and expose the
nf_flow_table_cleanup() helper function.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Commit d350a82302 ("net: erspan: create erspan metadata uapi header")
moves the erspan 'version' in front of the 'struct erspan_md2' for
later extensibility reason. This breaks the existing erspan metadata
extraction code because the erspan_md2 then has a 4-byte offset
to between the erspan_metadata and erspan_base_hdr. This patch
fixes it.
Fixes: 1a66a836da ("gre: add collect_md mode to ERSPAN tunnel")
Fixes: ef7baf5e08 ("ip6_gre: add ip6 erspan collect_md mode")
Fixes: 1d7e2ed22f ("net: erspan: refactor existing erspan code")
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The selftests test_maps program was leaving dangling BPF sockmap
programs around because not all psock elements were removed from
the map. The elements in turn hold a reference on the BPF program
they are attached to causing BPF programs to stay open even after
test_maps has completed.
The original intent was that sk_state_change() would be called
when TCP socks went through TCP_CLOSE state. However, because
socks may be in SOCK_DEAD state or the sock may be a listening
socket the event is not always triggered.
To resolve this use the ULP infrastructure and register our own
proto close() handler. This fixes the above case.
Fixes: 174a79ff95 ("bpf: sockmap with sk redirect support")
Reported-by: Prashant Bhole <bhole_prashant_q7@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Create a UID field and enum that can be used to assign ULPs to
sockets. This saves a set of string comparisons if the ULP id
is known.
For sockmap, which is added in the next patches, a ULP is used to
hook into TCP sockets close state. In this case the ULP being added
is done at map insert time and the ULP is known and done on the kernel
side. In this case the named lookup is not needed. Because we don't
want to expose psock internals to user space socket options a user
visible flag is also added. For TLS this is set for BPF it will be
cleared.
Alos remove pr_notice, user gets an error code back and should check
that rather than rely on logs.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
cache objects. This is good, but still leaves a lot of kernel memory
available to be copied to/from userspace in the face of bugs. To further
restrict what memory is available for copying, this creates a way to
whitelist specific areas of a given slab cache object for copying to/from
userspace, allowing much finer granularity of access control. Slab caches
that are never exposed to userspace can declare no whitelist for their
objects, thereby keeping them unavailable to userspace via dynamic copy
operations. (Note, an implicit form of whitelisting is the use of constant
sizes in usercopy operations and get_user()/put_user(); these bypass all
hardened usercopy checks since these sizes cannot change at runtime.)
This new check is WARN-by-default, so any mistakes can be found over the
next several releases without breaking anyone's system.
The series has roughly the following sections:
- remove %p and improve reporting with offset
- prepare infrastructure and whitelist kmalloc
- update VFS subsystem with whitelists
- update SCSI subsystem with whitelists
- update network subsystem with whitelists
- update process memory with whitelists
- update per-architecture thread_struct with whitelists
- update KVM with whitelists and fix ioctl bug
- mark all other allocations as not whitelisted
- update lkdtm for more sensible test overage
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
Comment: Kees Cook <kees@outflux.net>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=tzmJ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'usercopy-v4.16-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kees/linux
Pull hardened usercopy whitelisting from Kees Cook:
"Currently, hardened usercopy performs dynamic bounds checking on slab
cache objects. This is good, but still leaves a lot of kernel memory
available to be copied to/from userspace in the face of bugs.
To further restrict what memory is available for copying, this creates
a way to whitelist specific areas of a given slab cache object for
copying to/from userspace, allowing much finer granularity of access
control.
Slab caches that are never exposed to userspace can declare no
whitelist for their objects, thereby keeping them unavailable to
userspace via dynamic copy operations. (Note, an implicit form of
whitelisting is the use of constant sizes in usercopy operations and
get_user()/put_user(); these bypass all hardened usercopy checks since
these sizes cannot change at runtime.)
This new check is WARN-by-default, so any mistakes can be found over
the next several releases without breaking anyone's system.
The series has roughly the following sections:
- remove %p and improve reporting with offset
- prepare infrastructure and whitelist kmalloc
- update VFS subsystem with whitelists
- update SCSI subsystem with whitelists
- update network subsystem with whitelists
- update process memory with whitelists
- update per-architecture thread_struct with whitelists
- update KVM with whitelists and fix ioctl bug
- mark all other allocations as not whitelisted
- update lkdtm for more sensible test overage"
* tag 'usercopy-v4.16-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kees/linux: (38 commits)
lkdtm: Update usercopy tests for whitelisting
usercopy: Restrict non-usercopy caches to size 0
kvm: x86: fix KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG ioctl
kvm: whitelist struct kvm_vcpu_arch
arm: Implement thread_struct whitelist for hardened usercopy
arm64: Implement thread_struct whitelist for hardened usercopy
x86: Implement thread_struct whitelist for hardened usercopy
fork: Provide usercopy whitelisting for task_struct
fork: Define usercopy region in thread_stack slab caches
fork: Define usercopy region in mm_struct slab caches
net: Restrict unwhitelisted proto caches to size 0
sctp: Copy struct sctp_sock.autoclose to userspace using put_user()
sctp: Define usercopy region in SCTP proto slab cache
caif: Define usercopy region in caif proto slab cache
ip: Define usercopy region in IP proto slab cache
net: Define usercopy region in struct proto slab cache
scsi: Define usercopy region in scsi_sense_cache slab cache
cifs: Define usercopy region in cifs_request slab cache
vxfs: Define usercopy region in vxfs_inode slab cache
ufs: Define usercopy region in ufs_inode_cache slab cache
...
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Significantly shrink the core networking routing structures. Result
of http://vger.kernel.org/~davem/seoul2017_netdev_keynote.pdf
2) Add netdevsim driver for testing various offloads, from Jakub
Kicinski.
3) Support cross-chip FDB operations in DSA, from Vivien Didelot.
4) Add a 2nd listener hash table for TCP, similar to what was done for
UDP. From Martin KaFai Lau.
5) Add eBPF based queue selection to tun, from Jason Wang.
6) Lockless qdisc support, from John Fastabend.
7) SCTP stream interleave support, from Xin Long.
8) Smoother TCP receive autotuning, from Eric Dumazet.
9) Lots of erspan tunneling enhancements, from William Tu.
10) Add true function call support to BPF, from Alexei Starovoitov.
11) Add explicit support for GRO HW offloading, from Michael Chan.
12) Support extack generation in more netlink subsystems. From Alexander
Aring, Quentin Monnet, and Jakub Kicinski.
13) Add 1000BaseX, flow control, and EEE support to mvneta driver. From
Russell King.
14) Add flow table abstraction to netfilter, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
15) Many improvements and simplifications to the NFP driver bpf JIT,
from Jakub Kicinski.
16) Support for ipv6 non-equal cost multipath routing, from Ido
Schimmel.
17) Add resource abstration to devlink, from Arkadi Sharshevsky.
18) Packet scheduler classifier shared filter block support, from Jiri
Pirko.
19) Avoid locking in act_csum, from Davide Caratti.
20) devinet_ioctl() simplifications from Al viro.
21) More TCP bpf improvements from Lawrence Brakmo.
22) Add support for onlink ipv6 route flag, similar to ipv4, from David
Ahern.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1925 commits)
tls: Add support for encryption using async offload accelerator
ip6mr: fix stale iterator
net/sched: kconfig: Remove blank help texts
openvswitch: meter: Use 64-bit arithmetic instead of 32-bit
tcp_nv: fix potential integer overflow in tcpnv_acked
r8169: fix RTL8168EP take too long to complete driver initialization.
qmi_wwan: Add support for Quectel EP06
rtnetlink: enable IFLA_IF_NETNSID for RTM_NEWLINK
ipmr: Fix ptrdiff_t print formatting
ibmvnic: Wait for device response when changing MAC
qlcnic: fix deadlock bug
tcp: release sk_frag.page in tcp_disconnect
ipv4: Get the address of interface correctly.
net_sched: gen_estimator: fix lockdep splat
net: macb: Handle HRESP error
net/mlx5e: IPoIB, Fix copy-paste bug in flow steering refactoring
ipv6: addrconf: break critical section in addrconf_verify_rtnl()
ipv6: change route cache aging logic
i40e/i40evf: Update DESC_NEEDED value to reflect larger value
bnxt_en: cleanup DIM work on device shutdown
...
Async crypto accelerators (e.g. drivers/crypto/caam) support offloading
GCM operation. If they are enabled, crypto_aead_encrypt() return error
code -EINPROGRESS. In this case tls_do_encryption() needs to wait on a
completion till the time the response for crypto offload request is
received.
Signed-off-by: Vakul Garg <vakul.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ht/vht action frames will be sent to AP from station to notify
change of its ht/vht opmode(max bandwidth, smps mode or nss) modified
values. Currently these valuse used by driver/firmware for rate control
algorithm. This patch introduces NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED
command to notify those modified/current supported values(max bandwidth,
smps mode, max nss) to userspace application. This will be useful for the
application like steering, which closely monitoring station's capability
changes. Since the application has taken these values during station
association.
Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This interface allows the host driver to offload the authentication to
user space. This is exclusively defined for host drivers that do not
define separate commands for authentication and association, but rely on
userspace SME (e.g., in wpa_supplicant for the ~WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SME
case) for the authentication to happen. This can be used to implement
SAE without full implementation in the kernel/firmware while still being
able to use NL80211_CMD_CONNECT with driver-based BSS selection.
Host driver sends NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to start/abort
authentication to the port on which connect is triggered and status
of authentication is further indicated by user space to host
driver through the same command response interface.
User space entities advertise this capability through the
NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPP flag in the NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request.
Host drivers shall look at this capability to offload the authentication.
Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[add socket connection ownership check]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull poll annotations from Al Viro:
"This introduces a __bitwise type for POLL### bitmap, and propagates
the annotations through the tree. Most of that stuff is as simple as
'make ->poll() instances return __poll_t and do the same to local
variables used to hold the future return value'.
Some of the obvious brainos found in process are fixed (e.g. POLLIN
misspelled as POLL_IN). At that point the amount of sparse warnings is
low and most of them are for genuine bugs - e.g. ->poll() instance
deciding to return -EINVAL instead of a bitmap. I hadn't touched those
in this series - it's large enough as it is.
Another problem it has caught was eventpoll() ABI mess; select.c and
eventpoll.c assumed that corresponding POLL### and EPOLL### were
equal. That's true for some, but not all of them - EPOLL### are
arch-independent, but POLL### are not.
The last commit in this series separates userland POLL### values from
the (now arch-independent) kernel-side ones, converting between them
in the few places where they are copied to/from userland. AFAICS, this
is the least disruptive fix preserving poll(2) ABI and making epoll()
work on all architectures.
As it is, it's simply broken on sparc - try to give it EPOLLWRNORM and
it will trigger only on what would've triggered EPOLLWRBAND on other
architectures. EPOLLWRBAND and EPOLLRDHUP, OTOH, are never triggered
at all on sparc. With this patch they should work consistently on all
architectures"
* 'misc.poll' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (37 commits)
make kernel-side POLL... arch-independent
eventpoll: no need to mask the result of epi_item_poll() again
eventpoll: constify struct epoll_event pointers
debugging printk in sg_poll() uses %x to print POLL... bitmap
annotate poll(2) guts
9p: untangle ->poll() mess
->si_band gets POLL... bitmap stored into a user-visible long field
ring_buffer_poll_wait() return value used as return value of ->poll()
the rest of drivers/*: annotate ->poll() instances
media: annotate ->poll() instances
fs: annotate ->poll() instances
ipc, kernel, mm: annotate ->poll() instances
net: annotate ->poll() instances
apparmor: annotate ->poll() instances
tomoyo: annotate ->poll() instances
sound: annotate ->poll() instances
acpi: annotate ->poll() instances
crypto: annotate ->poll() instances
block: annotate ->poll() instances
x86: annotate ->poll() instances
...
Pull locking updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes relate to making lock_is_held() et al (and external
wrappers of them) work on const data types - this requires const
propagation through the depths of lockdep.
This removes a number of ugly type hacks the external helpers used"
* 'locking-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
lockdep: Convert some users to const
lockdep: Make lockdep checking constant
lockdep: Assign lock keys on registration
Introduce a new qdisc ops ->change_tx_queue_len() so that
each qdisc could decide how to implement this if it wants.
Previously we simply read dev->tx_queue_len, after pfifo_fast
switches to skb array, we need this API to resize the skb array
when we change dev->tx_queue_len.
To avoid handling race conditions with TX BH, we need to
deactivate all TX queues before change the value and bring them
back after we are done, this also makes implementation easier.
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-01-26
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) A number of extensions to tcp-bpf, from Lawrence.
- direct R or R/W access to many tcp_sock fields via bpf_sock_ops
- passing up to 3 arguments to bpf_sock_ops functions
- tcp_sock field bpf_sock_ops_cb_flags for controlling callbacks
- optionally calling bpf_sock_ops program when RTO fires
- optionally calling bpf_sock_ops program when packet is retransmitted
- optionally calling bpf_sock_ops program when TCP state changes
- access to tclass and sk_txhash
- new selftest
2) div/mod exception handling, from Daniel.
One of the ugly leftovers from the early eBPF days is that div/mod
operations based on registers have a hard-coded src_reg == 0 test
in the interpreter as well as in JIT code generators that would
return from the BPF program with exit code 0. This was basically
adopted from cBPF interpreter for historical reasons.
There are multiple reasons why this is very suboptimal and prone
to bugs. To name one: the return code mapping for such abnormal
program exit of 0 does not always match with a suitable program
type's exit code mapping. For example, '0' in tc means action 'ok'
where the packet gets passed further up the stack, which is just
undesirable for such cases (e.g. when implementing policy) and
also does not match with other program types.
After considering _four_ different ways to address the problem,
we adapt the same behavior as on some major archs like ARMv8:
X div 0 results in 0, and X mod 0 results in X. aarch64 and
aarch32 ISA do not generate any traps or otherwise aborts
of program execution for unsigned divides.
Given the options, it seems the most suitable from
all of them, also since major archs have similar schemes in
place. Given this is all in the realm of undefined behavior,
we still have the option to adapt if deemed necessary.
3) sockmap sample refactoring, from John.
4) lpm map get_next_key fixes, from Yonghong.
5) test cleanups, from Alexei and Prashant.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2018-01-26
One last patch for this development cycle:
1) Add ESN support for IPSec HW offload.
From Yossef Efraim.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds a new uapi header file, erspan.h, and moves
the 'struct erspan_metadata' from internal erspan.h to it.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Originally the erspan fields are defined as a group into a __be16 field,
and use mask and offset to access each field. This is more costly due to
calling ntohs/htons. The patch changes it to use bitfields.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Very few (mlxsw) upstream drivers seem to allow offload of chains
other than 0. Save driver developers typing and add a helper for
checking both if ethtool's TC offload flag is on and if chain is 0.
This helper will set the extack appropriately in both error cases.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for passing up to 4 arguments to sock_ops bpf functions. It
reusues the reply union, so the bpf_sock_ops structures are not
increased in size.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This patch adds a macro, SOCK_OPS_SET_FIELD, for writing to
struct tcp_sock or struct sock fields. This required adding a new
field "temp" to struct bpf_sock_ops_kern for temporary storage that
is used by sock_ops_convert_ctx_access. It is used to store and recover
the contents of a register, so the register can be used to store the
address of the sk. Since we cannot overwrite the dst_reg because it
contains the pointer to ctx, nor the src_reg since it contains the value
we want to store, we need an extra register to contain the address
of the sk.
Also adds the macro SOCK_OPS_GET_OR_SET_FIELD that calls one of the
GET or SET macros depending on the value of the TYPE field.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Some dst_ops (e.g. md_dst_ops)) doesn't set this handler. It may result to:
"BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at (null)"
Let's add a helper to check if update_pmtu is available before calling it.
Fixes: 52a589d51f ("geneve: update skb dst pmtu on tx path")
Fixes: a93bf0ff44 ("vxlan: update skb dst pmtu on tx path")
CC: Roman Kapl <code@rkapl.cz>
CC: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a tcp socket is closed, if it detects that its net namespace is
exiting, close immediately and do not wait for FIN sequence.
For normal sockets, a reference is taken to their net namespace, so it will
never exit while the socket is open. However, kernel sockets do not take a
reference to their net namespace, so it may begin exiting while the kernel
socket is still open. In this case if the kernel socket is a tcp socket,
it will stay open trying to complete its close sequence. The sock's dst(s)
hold a reference to their interface, which are all transferred to the
namespace's loopback interface when the real interfaces are taken down.
When the namespace tries to take down its loopback interface, it hangs
waiting for all references to the loopback interface to release, which
results in messages like:
unregister_netdevice: waiting for lo to become free. Usage count = 1
These messages continue until the socket finally times out and closes.
Since the net namespace cleanup holds the net_mutex while calling its
registered pernet callbacks, any new net namespace initialization is
blocked until the current net namespace finishes exiting.
After this change, the tcp socket notices the exiting net namespace, and
closes immediately, releasing its dst(s) and their reference to the
loopback interface, which lets the net namespace continue exiting.
Link: https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/linux/+bug/1711407
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=97811
Signed-off-by: Dan Streetman <ddstreet@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All users are now converted to tc_cls_common_offload_init().
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cls_bpf now guarantees that only device-bound programs are
allowed with skip_sw. The drivers no longer pay attention to
flags on filter load, therefore the bpf_offload member can be
removed. If flags are needed again they should probably be
added to struct tc_cls_common_offload instead.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the tc_cls_common_offload_init() helper function to
tc_cls_common_offload_init_deprecated() and add a new implementation
which also takes flags argument. We will only set extack if flags
indicate that offload is forced (skip_sw) otherwise driver errors
should be ignored, as they don't influence the overall filter
installation.
Note that we need the tc_skip_hw() helper for new version, therefore
it is added later in the file.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate extack to cls->destroy callbacks when called from
non-error paths. On error paths pass NULL to avoid overwriting
the failure message.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCF_LAYER_LINK and TCF_LAYER_NETWORK returned the same pointer as
skb->data points to the network header.
Use skb_mac_header instead.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Bumiller <w.bumiller@proxmox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 513674b5a2 ("net: reevalulate autoflowlabel setting after
sysctl setting") removed the initialisation of
ipv6_pinfo::autoflowlabel and added a second flag to indicate
whether this field or the net namespace default should be used.
The getsockopt() handling for this case was not updated, so it
currently returns 0 for all sockets for which IPV6_AUTOFLOWLABEL is
not explicitly enabled. Fix it to return the effective value, whether
that has been set at the socket or net namespace level.
Fixes: 513674b5a2 ("net: reevalulate autoflowlabel setting after sysctl ...")
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben.hutchings@codethink.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use RCU instead of spin_{,unlock}_bh() to protect concurrent read/write on
act_csum configuration, to reduce the effects of contention in the data
path when multiple readers are present.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a wrapper around tc_can_offload() that takes an additional
extack pointer argument in order to output an error message if TC
offload is disabled on the device.
In this way, the error message is handled by the core and can be the
same for all drivers.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack support for hardware offload of classifiers. In order
to achieve this, a pointer to a struct netlink_ext_ack is added to the
struct tc_cls_common_offload that is passed to the callback for setting
up the classifier. Function tc_cls_common_offload_init() is updated to
support initialization of this new attribute.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next
tree. Basically, a new extension for ip6tables, simplification work of
nf_tables that saves us 500 LoC, allow raw table registration before
defragmentation, conversion of the SNMP helper to use the ASN.1 code
generator, unique 64-bit handle for all nf_tables objects and fixes to
address fallout from previous nf-next batch. More specifically, they
are:
1) Seven patches to remove family abstraction layer (struct nft_af_info)
in nf_tables, this simplifies our codebase and it saves us 64 bytes per
net namespace.
2) Add IPv6 segment routing header matching for ip6tables, from Ahmed
Abdelsalam.
3) Allow to register iptable_raw table before defragmentation, some
people do not want to waste cycles on defragmenting traffic that is
going to be dropped, hence add a new module parameter to enable this
behaviour in iptables and ip6tables. From Subash Abhinov
Kasiviswanathan. This patch needed a couple of follow up patches to
get things tidy from Arnd Bergmann.
4) SNMP helper uses the ASN.1 code generator, from Taehee Yoo. Several
patches for this helper to prepare this change are also part of this
patch series.
5) Add 64-bit handles to uniquely objects in nf_tables, from Harsha
Sharma.
6) Remove log message that several netfilter subsystems print at
boot/load time.
7) Restore x_tables module autoloading, that got broken in a previous
patch to allow singleton NAT hook callback registration per hook
spot, from Florian Westphal. Moreover, return EBUSY to report that
the singleton NAT hook slot is already in instead.
8) Several fixes for the new nf_tables flowtable representation,
including incorrect error check after nf_tables_flowtable_lookup(),
missing Kconfig dependencies that lead to build breakage and missing
initialization of priority and hooknum in flowtable object.
9) Missing NETFILTER_FAMILY_ARP dependency in Kconfig for the clusterip
target. This is due to recent updates in the core to shrink the hook
array size and compile it out if no specific family is enabled via
.config file. Patch from Florian Westphal.
10) Remove duplicated include header files, from Wei Yongjun.
11) Sparse warning fix for the NFPROTO_INET handling from the core
due to missing static function definition, also from Wei Yongjun.
12) Restore ICMPv6 Parameter Problem error reporting when
defragmentation fails, from Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan.
13) Remove obsolete owner field initialization from struct
file_operations, patch from Alexey Dobriyan.
14) Use boolean datatype where needed in the Netfilter codebase, from
Gustavo A. R. Silva.
15) Remove double semicolon in dynset nf_tables expression, from
Luis de Bethencourt.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack handling for the tcf_change_indev function which
is common used by TC classifier implementations.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for classifier delete callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific classifier
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tcf_exts_validate function calls the act api change callback. For
preparing extack support for act api, this patch adds the extack as
parameter for this function which is common used in cls implementations.
Furthermore the tcf_exts_validate will call action init callback which
prepares the TC action subsystem for extack support.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for classifier change callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific classifier
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes some code style issues pointed out by checkpatch
inside the TC cls subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A persistent connection may send tiny amount of data (e.g. health-check)
for a long period of time. BBR's windowed min RTT filter may only see
RTT samples from delayed ACKs causing BBR to grossly over-estimate
the path delay depending how much the ACK was delayed at the receiver.
This patch skips RTT samples that are likely coming from delayed ACKs. Note
that it is possible the sender never obtains a valid measure to set the
min RTT. In this case BBR will continue to set cwnd to initial window
which seems fine because the connection is thin stream.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_KASAN is set, we can use relatively large amounts of kernel
stack space:
net/caif/cfctrl.c:555:1: warning: the frame size of 1600 bytes is larger than 1280 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
This adds convenience wrappers around cfpkt_extr_head(), which is responsible
for most of the stack growth. With those wrapper functions, gcc apparently
starts reusing the stack slots for each instance, thus avoiding the
problem.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows deletion of objects via unique handle which can be
listed via '-a' option.
Signed-off-by: Harsha Sharma <harshasharmaiitr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
These users of lockdep_is_held() either wanted lockdep_is_held to
take a const pointer, or would benefit from providing a const pointer.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <mawilcox@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180117151414.23686-4-willy@infradead.org
This patch adds ESN support to IPsec device offload.
Adding new xfrm device operation to synchronize device ESN.
Signed-off-by: Yossef Efraim <yossefe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The trailing semicolon is an empty statement that does no operation.
It is completely stripped out by the compiler. Removing it since it doesn't do
anything.
Fixes: 5f35227ea3 ("net: Generalize ndo_gso_check to ndo_features_check")
Signed-off-by: Luis de Bethencourt <luisbg@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce two new attributes to be used for qdisc creation and dumping.
One for ingress block, one for egress block. Introduce a set of ops that
qdisc which supports block sharing would implement.
Passing block indexes in qdisc change is not supported yet and it is
checked and forbidded.
In future, these attributes are to be reused for specifying block
indexes for classes as well. As of this moment however, it is not
supported so a check is in place to forbid it.
Suggested-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During block bind, we need to check tc offload feature. If it is
disabled yet still the block contains offloaded filters, forbid the
bind. Also forbid to register callback for a block that already
contains offloaded filters, as the play back is not supported now.
For keeping track of offloaded filters there is a new counter
introduced, alongside with couple of helpers called from cls_* code.
These helpers set and clear TCA_CLS_FLAGS_IN_HW flag.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both are no longer used, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Couple of classifiers call netif_keep_dst directly on q->dev. That is
not possible to do directly for shared blocke where multiple qdiscs are
owning the block. So introduce a infrastructure to keep track of the
block owners in list and use this list to implement block variant of
netif_keep_dst.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow qdiscs to share filter blocks among them. Each qdisc type has to
use block get/put extended modifications that enable sharing.
Shared blocks are tracked within each net namespace and identified
by u32 index. This index is passed from user during the qdisc creation.
If user passes index that is not used by any other qdisc, new block
is created. If user passes index that is already used, the existing
block will be re-used.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far, there was possible only to register a single filter chain
pointer to block->chain[0]. However, when the blocks will get shareable,
we need to allow multiple filter chain pointers registration.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 0dfb33a0d7 ("sch_red: report backlog information") copied
child's backlog into RED's backlog. Back then RED did not maintain
its own backlog counts. This has changed after commit 2ccccf5fb4
("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too") and commit d7f4f332f0
("sch_red: update backlog as well"). Copying is no longer necessary.
Tested:
$ tc -s qdisc show dev veth0
qdisc red 1: root refcnt 2 limit 400000b min 30000b max 30000b ecn
Sent 20942 bytes 221 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 1260b 14p requeues 14
marked 0 early 0 pdrop 0 other 0
qdisc tbf 2: parent 1: rate 1Kbit burst 15000b lat 3585.0s
Sent 20942 bytes 221 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 138 requeues 0)
backlog 1260b 14p requeues 14
Recently RED offload was added. We need to make sure drivers don't
depend on resetting the stats. This means backlog should be treated
like any other statistic:
total_stat = new_hw_stat - prev_hw_stat;
Adjust mlxsw.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While working on fixing another bug, I ran into the following panic
on arm64 by simply attaching clsact qdisc, adding a filter and running
traffic on ingress to it:
[...]
[ 178.188591] Unable to handle kernel read from unreadable memory at virtual address 810fb501f000
[ 178.197314] Mem abort info:
[ 178.200121] ESR = 0x96000004
[ 178.203168] Exception class = DABT (current EL), IL = 32 bits
[ 178.209095] SET = 0, FnV = 0
[ 178.212157] EA = 0, S1PTW = 0
[ 178.215288] Data abort info:
[ 178.218175] ISV = 0, ISS = 0x00000004
[ 178.222019] CM = 0, WnR = 0
[ 178.224997] user pgtable: 4k pages, 48-bit VAs, pgd = 0000000023cb3f33
[ 178.231531] [0000810fb501f000] *pgd=0000000000000000
[ 178.236508] Internal error: Oops: 96000004 [#1] SMP
[...]
[ 178.311855] CPU: 73 PID: 2497 Comm: ping Tainted: G W 4.15.0-rc7+ #5
[ 178.319413] Hardware name: FOXCONN R2-1221R-A4/C2U4N_MB, BIOS G31FB18A 03/31/2017
[ 178.326887] pstate: 60400005 (nZCv daif +PAN -UAO)
[ 178.331685] pc : __netif_receive_skb_core+0x49c/0xac8
[ 178.336728] lr : __netif_receive_skb+0x28/0x78
[ 178.341161] sp : ffff00002344b750
[ 178.344465] x29: ffff00002344b750 x28: ffff810fbdfd0580
[ 178.349769] x27: 0000000000000000 x26: ffff000009378000
[...]
[ 178.418715] x1 : 0000000000000054 x0 : 0000000000000000
[ 178.424020] Process ping (pid: 2497, stack limit = 0x000000009f0a3ff4)
[ 178.430537] Call trace:
[ 178.432976] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x49c/0xac8
[ 178.437670] __netif_receive_skb+0x28/0x78
[ 178.441757] process_backlog+0x9c/0x160
[ 178.445584] net_rx_action+0x2f8/0x3f0
[...]
Reason is that sch_ingress and sch_clsact are doing mini_qdisc_pair_init()
which sets up miniq pointers to cpu_{b,q}stats from the underlying qdisc.
Problem is that this cannot work since they are actually set up right after
the qdisc ->init() callback in qdisc_create(), so first packet going into
sch_handle_ingress() tries to call mini_qdisc_bstats_cpu_update() and we
therefore panic.
In order to fix this, allocation of {b,q}stats needs to happen before we
call into ->init(). In net-next, there's already such option through commit
d59f5ffa59 ("net: sched: a dflt qdisc may be used with per cpu stats").
However, the bug needs to be fixed in net still for 4.15. Thus, include
these bits to reduce any merge churn and reuse the static_flags field to
set TCQ_F_CPUSTATS, and remove the allocation from qdisc_create() since
there is no other user left. Prashant Bhole ran into the same issue but
for net-next, thus adding him below as well as co-author. Same issue was
also reported by Sandipan Das when using bcc.
Fixes: 46209401f8 ("net: core: introduce mini_Qdisc and eliminate usage of tp->q for clsact fastpath")
Reference: https://lists.iovisor.org/pipermail/iovisor-dev/2018-January/001190.html
Reported-by: Sandipan Das <sandipan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Co-authored-by: Prashant Bhole <bhole_prashant_q7@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Co-authored-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks like qdisc_lookup_class() never existed in the tree
in the git era. Remove the prototype from the header.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware processes which are modeled via dpipe commonly use some
internal hardware resources. Such relation can improve the understanding
of hardware limitations. The number of resource's unit consumed per
table's entry are also provided for each table.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for performing driver hot reload.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource
is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its
size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its
current occupancy.
In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those
changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload
capability will be introduced in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a preparation before introducing resources and hot reload support.
Currently there are two global lock where one protects all devlink access,
and the second one protects devlink port access. This patch adds per devlink
instance lock which protects the internal members which are the sb/dpipe/
resource/ports. By introducing this lock the global devlink port lock can
be discarded.
Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFHBAABCgAxFiEE4bay/IylYqM/npjQHv7KIOw4HPYFAlpPT5ATHG1rbEBwZW5n
dXRyb25peC5kZQAKCRAe/sog7Dgc9tyZB/wNk7hfmWT7qMSq4nB1/l4DvlCVtQR+
7t7jLltd2ld1bqFr62S1/NExWbgm9GXS25wHgLQQn8I0jwCyuFb8K+VIe/+t9vSu
PXOihUlIXCqpJwI9FtvGb/jmIbHV1JbnGv1b/J1q34FzhThsXN3DPX5BI5+T+Hy4
9hnHuYtcveyGlU08RsePyc6WfCzBJafR1YpJYSSsIxmtT6Db0SyRSZjY4MFzv9eA
mV+wvSpvepiw7tDN9XhSdNQJR9HAh/AXkYRgU448BysqhR5tK5oq8QAjsJK2Usy7
X1RY/M32fn1QdcwfWEWw5xB9ZblKMnxRzB3vmGLkyvIuPnP/JGQoq5sW
=BrhI
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-4.16-20180105' of ssh://gitolite.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2017-12-01,Re: pull-request: can-next
this is a pull request of 7 patches for net-next/master.
All patches are by me. Patch 6 is for the "can_raw" protocol and add
error checking to the bind() function. All other patches clean up the
coding style and remove unused parameters in various CAN drivers and
infrastructure.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SCTP socket event notification subscription information need to be
copied to/from userspace. In support of usercopy hardening, this patch
defines a region in the struct proto slab cache in which userspace copy
operations are allowed. Additionally moves the usercopy fields to be
adjacent for the region to cover both.
example usage trace:
net/sctp/socket.c:
sctp_getsockopt_events(...):
...
copy_to_user(..., &sctp_sk(sk)->subscribe, len)
sctp_setsockopt_events(...):
...
copy_from_user(&sctp_sk(sk)->subscribe, ..., optlen)
sctp_getsockopt_initmsg(...):
...
copy_to_user(..., &sctp_sk(sk)->initmsg, len)
This region is known as the slab cache's usercopy region. Slab caches
can now check that each dynamically sized copy operation involving
cache-managed memory falls entirely within the slab's usercopy region.
This patch is modified from Brad Spengler/PaX Team's PAX_USERCOPY
whitelisting code in the last public patch of grsecurity/PaX based on my
understanding of the code. Changes or omissions from the original code are
mine and don't reflect the original grsecurity/PaX code.
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dave@nullcore.net>
[kees: split from network patch, move struct members adjacent]
[kees: add SCTPv6 struct whitelist, provide usage trace]
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
In support of usercopy hardening, this patch defines a region in the
struct proto slab cache in which userspace copy operations are allowed.
Some protocols need to copy objects to/from userspace, and they can
declare the region via their proto structure with the new usersize and
useroffset fields. Initially, if no region is specified (usersize ==
0), the entire field is marked as whitelisted. This allows protocols
to be whitelisted in subsequent patches. Once all protocols have been
annotated, the full-whitelist default can be removed.
This region is known as the slab cache's usercopy region. Slab caches
can now check that each dynamically sized copy operation involving
cache-managed memory falls entirely within the slab's usercopy region.
This patch is modified from Brad Spengler/PaX Team's PAX_USERCOPY
whitelisting code in the last public patch of grsecurity/PaX based on my
understanding of the code. Changes or omissions from the original code are
mine and don't reflect the original grsecurity/PaX code.
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dave@nullcore.net>
[kees: adjust commit log, split off per-proto patches]
[kees: add logic for by-default full-whitelist]
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Map all lookup neigh keys to INADDR_ANY for loopback/point-to-point devices
to avoid making an entry for every remote ip the device needs to talk to.
This used the be the old behavior but became broken in a263b30936
(ipv4: Make neigh lookups directly in output packet path) and later removed
in 0bb4087cbe (ipv4: Fix neigh lookup keying over loopback/point-to-point
devices) because it was broken.
Signed-off-by: Jim Westfall <jwestfall@surrealistic.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since net could be obtained from RCU lists,
and there is a race with net destruction,
the patch converts net::count to refcount_t.
This provides sanity checks for the cases of
incrementing counter of already dead net,
when maybe_get_net() has to used instead
of get_net().
Drivers: allyesconfig and allmodconfig are OK.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sendfile() calls can hang endless with using Kernel TLS if a socket error occurs.
Socket error codes must be inverted by Kernel TLS before returning because
they are stored with positive sign. If returned non-inverted they are
interpreted as number of bytes sent, causing endless looping of the
splice mechanic behind sendfile().
Signed-off-by: Robert Hering <r.hering@avm.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When creating a new radio on the fly, hwsim allows this
to be done with an arbitrary number of channels, but
cfg80211 only supports a limited number of simultaneous
channels, leading to a warning.
Fix this by validating the number - this requires moving
the define for the maximum out to a visible header file.
Reported-by: syzbot+8dd9051ff19940290931@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: b59ec8dd43 ("mac80211_hwsim: fix number of channels in interface combinations")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the ability to offload PRIO qdisc by using ndo_setup_tc.
There are three commands for PRIO offloading:
* TC_PRIO_REPLACE: handles set and tune
* TC_PRIO_DESTROY: handles qdisc destroy
* TC_PRIO_STATS: updates the qdiscs counters (given as reference)
Like RED qdisc, the indication of whether PRIO is being offloaded is being
set and updated as part of the dump function. It is so because the driver
could decide to offload or not based on the qdisc parent, which could
change without notifying the qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the name of the stats struct to be generic, so it could be used for
other qdisc offload, that will be added in the next patches.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The use of hash-threshold instead of modulo-N makes it trivial to add
support for non-equal-cost multipath.
Instead of dividing the multipath hash function's output space equally
between the nexthops, each nexthop is assigned a region size which is
proportional to its weight.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before we convert IPv6 to use hash-threshold instead of modulo-N, we
first need each nexthop to store its region boundary in the hash
function's output space.
The boundary is calculated by dividing the output space equally between
the different active nexthops. That is, nexthops that are not dead or
linkdown.
The boundaries are rebalanced whenever a nexthop is added or removed to
a multipath route and whenever a nexthop becomes active or inactive.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the infrastructure to register/unregister nft_af_info structure,
this structure stores no useful information anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Now that we have a single table list for each netns, we can get rid of
one pointer per family and the global afinfo list, thus, shrinking
struct netns for nftables that now becomes 64 bytes smaller.
And call __nft_release_afinfo() from __net_exit path accordingly to
release netnamespace objects on removal.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Place all existing user defined tables in struct net *, instead of
having one list per family. This saves us from one level of indentation
in netlink dump functions.
Place pointer to struct nft_af_info in struct nft_table temporarily, as
we still need this to put back reference module reference counter on
table removal.
This patch comes in preparation for the removal of struct nft_af_info.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We already validate the hook through bitmask, so this check is
superfluous. When removing this, this patch is also fixing a bug in the
new flowtable codebase, since ctx->afi points to the table family
instead of the netdev family which is where the flowtable is really
hooked in.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your
net-next tree:
1) Free hooks via call_rcu to speed up netns release path, from
Florian Westphal.
2) Reduce memory footprint of hook arrays, skip allocation if family is
not present - useful in case decnet support is not compiled built-in.
Patches from Florian Westphal.
3) Remove defensive check for malformed IPv4 - including ihl field - and
IPv6 headers in x_tables and nf_tables.
4) Add generic flow table offload infrastructure for nf_tables, this
includes the netlink control plane and support for IPv4, IPv6 and
mixed IPv4/IPv6 dataplanes. This comes with NAT support too. This
patchset adds the IPS_OFFLOAD conntrack status bit to indicate that
this flow has been offloaded.
5) Add secpath matching support for nf_tables, from Florian.
6) Save some code bytes in the fast path for the nf_tables netdev,
bridge and inet families.
7) Allow one single NAT hook per point and do not allow to register NAT
hooks in nf_tables before the conntrack hook, patches from Florian.
8) Seven patches to remove the struct nf_af_info abstraction, instead
we perform direct calls for IPv4 which is faster. IPv6 indirections
are still needed to avoid dependencies with the 'ipv6' module, but
these now reside in struct nf_ipv6_ops.
9) Seven patches to handle NFPROTO_INET from the Netfilter core,
hence we can remove specific code in nf_tables to handle this
pseudofamily.
10) No need for synchronize_net() call for nf_queue after conversion
to hook arrays. Also from Florian.
11) Call cond_resched_rcu() when dumping large sets in ipset to avoid
softlockup. Again from Florian.
12) Pass lockdep_nfnl_is_held() to rcu_dereference_protected(), patch
from Florian Westphal.
13) Fix matching of counters in ipset, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
14) Missing nfnl lock protection in the ip_set_net_exit path, also
from Jozsef.
15) Move connlimit code that we can reuse from nf_tables into
nf_conncount, from Florian Westhal.
And asorted cleanups:
16) Get rid of nft_dereference(), it only has one single caller.
17) Add nft_set_is_anonymous() helper function.
18) Remove NF_ARP_FORWARD leftover chain definition in nf_tables_arp.
19) Remove unnecessary comments in nf_conntrack_h323_asn1.c
From Varsha Rao.
20) Remove useless parameters in frag_safe_skb_hp(), from Gao Feng.
21) Constify layer 4 conntrack protocol definitions, function
parameters to register/unregister these protocol trackers, and
timeouts. Patches from Florian Westphal.
22) Remove nlattr_size indirection, from Florian Westphal.
23) Add fall-through comments as -Wimplicit-fallthrough needs this,
from Gustavo A. R. Silva.
24) Use swap() macro to exchange values in ipset, patch from
Gustavo A. R. Silva.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzbot reported a hang involving SCTP, on which it kept flooding dmesg
with the message:
[ 246.742374] sctp: sctp_transport_update_pmtu: Reported pmtu 508 too
low, using default minimum of 512
That happened because whenever SCTP hits an ICMP Frag Needed, it tries
to adjust to the new MTU and triggers an immediate retransmission. But
it didn't consider the fact that MTUs smaller than the SCTP minimum MTU
allowed (512) would not cause the PMTU to change, and issued the
retransmission anyway (thus leading to another ICMP Frag Needed, and so
on).
As IPv4 (ip_rt_min_pmtu=556) and IPv6 (IPV6_MIN_MTU=1280) minimum MTU
are higher than that, sctp_transport_update_pmtu() is changed to
re-fetch the PMTU that got set after our request, and with that, detect
if there was an actual change or not.
The fix, thus, skips the immediate retransmission if the received ICMP
resulted in no change, in the hope that SCTP will select another path.
Note: The value being used for the minimum MTU (512,
SCTP_DEFAULT_MINSEGMENT) is not right and instead it should be (576,
SCTP_MIN_PMTU), but such change belongs to another patch.
Changes from v1:
- do not disable PMTU discovery, in the light of commit
06ad391919 ("[SCTP] Don't disable PMTU discovery when mtu is small")
and as suggested by Xin Long.
- changed the way to break the rtx loop by detecting if the icmp
resulted in a change or not
Changes from v2:
none
See-also: https://lkml.org/lkml/2017/12/22/811
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow a process bound to a VRF to connect to a linklocal address.
Currently, this fails because of a mismatch between the scope of the
linklocal address and the sk_bound_dev_if inherited by the VRF binding:
$ ssh -6 fe80::70b8:cff:fedd:ead8%eth1
ssh: connect to host fe80::70b8:cff:fedd:ead8%eth1 port 22: Invalid argument
Relax the scope check to allow the socket to be bound to the same L3
device as the scope id.
This makes ipv6 linklocal consistent with other relaxed checks enabled
by commits 1ff23beebd ("net: l3mdev: Allow send on enslaved interface")
and 7bb387c5ab ("net: Allow IP_MULTICAST_IF to set index to L3 slave").
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the IPv6 flow table type, that implements the datapath
flow table to forward IPv6 traffic.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds the IPv6 flow table type, that implements the datapath
flow table to forward IPv6 traffic.
This patch exports ip6_dst_mtu_forward() that is required to check for
mtu to pass up packets that need PMTUD handling to the classic
forwarding path.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch defines the API to interact with flow tables, this allows to
add, delete and lookup for entries in the flow table. This also adds the
generic garbage code that removes entries that have expired, ie. no
traffic has been seen for a while.
Users of the flow table infrastructure can delete entries via
flow_offload_dead(), which sets the dying bit, this signals the garbage
collector to release an entry from user context.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch introduces a netlink control plane to create, delete and dump
flow tables. Flow tables are identified by name, this name is used from
rules to refer to an specific flow table. Flow tables use the rhashtable
class and a generic garbage collector to remove expired entries.
This also adds the infrastructure to add different flow table types, so
we can add one for each layer 3 protocol family.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This macro is unnecessary, it just hides details for one single caller.
nfnl_dereference() is just enough.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This allows to reuse xt_connlimit infrastructure from nf_tables.
The upcoming nf_tables frontend can just pass in an nftables register
as input key, this allows limiting by any nft-supported key, including
concatenations.
For xt_connlimit, pass in the zone and the ip/ipv6 address.
With help from Yi-Hung Wei.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Yi-Hung Wei <yihung.wei@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
They don't belong to the family definition, move them to the filter
chain type definition instead.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Since NFPROTO_INET is handled from the core, we don't need to maintain
extra infrastructure in nf_tables to handle the double hook
registration, one for IPv4 and another for IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Use new native NFPROTO_INET support in netfilter core, this gets rid of
ad-hoc code in the nf_tables API codebase.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Instead of calling this function from the family specific variant, this
reduces the code size in the fast path for the netdev, bridge and inet
families. After this change, we must call nft_set_pktinfo() upfront from
the chain hook indirection.
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
2145 208 0 2353 931 net/netfilter/nf_tables_netdev.o
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
2125 208 0 2333 91d net/netfilter/nf_tables_netdev.o
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
no need to define hook points if the family isn't supported.
Because we need these hooks for either nftables, arp/ebtables
or the 'call-iptables' hack we have in the bridge layer add two
new dependencies, NETFILTER_FAMILY_{ARP,BRIDGE}, and have the
users select them.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
no need to define hook points if the family isn't supported.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Not all families share the same hook count, adjust sizes to what is
needed.
struct net before:
/* size: 6592, cachelines: 103, members: 46 */
after:
/* size: 5952, cachelines: 93, members: 46 */
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
struct net contains:
struct nf_hook_entries __rcu *hooks[NFPROTO_NUMPROTO][NF_MAX_HOOKS];
which store the hook entry point locations for the various protocol
families and the hooks.
Using array results in compact c code when doing accesses, i.e.
x = rcu_dereference(net->nf.hooks[pf][hook]);
but its also wasting a lot of memory, as most families are
not used.
So split the array into those families that are used, which
are only 5 (instead of 13). In most cases, the 'pf' argument is
constant, i.e. gcc removes switch statement.
struct net before:
/* size: 5184, cachelines: 81, members: 46 */
after:
/* size: 4672, cachelines: 73, members: 46 */
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
since commit 960632ece6 ("netfilter: convert hook list to an array")
nfqueue no longer stores a pointer to the hook that caused the packet
to be queued. Therefore no extra synchronize_net() call is needed after
dropping the packets enqueued by the old rule blob.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The param of frag_safe_skb_hp, ipvsh, isn't used now. So remove it and
update the callers' codes too.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <gfree.wind@vip.163.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms+renesas@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
previous patches removed all writes to these structs so we can
now mark them as const.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
similar to previous commit, but instead compute this at compile time
and turn nlattr_size into an u16.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We are going to allow dead routes to stay in the FIB tree (e.g., when
they are part of a multipath route, directly connected route with no
carrier) and revive them when their nexthop device gains carrier or when
it is put administratively up.
This is equivalent to the addition of the route to the FIB tree and we
should therefore take care of updating the sernum of all the parent
nodes of the node where the route is stored. Otherwise, we risk sockets
caching and using sub-optimal dst entries.
Export the function that performs the above, so that it could be invoked
from fib6_ifup() later on.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When routes that are a part of a multipath route are evaluated by
fib6_ifdown() in response to NETDEV_DOWN and NETDEV_UNREGISTER events
the state of their sibling routes is not considered.
This will change in subsequent patches in order to align IPv6 with
IPv4's behavior. For example, when the last sibling in a multipath route
becomes dead, the entire multipath route needs to be removed.
To prevent the tree walker from re-evaluating all the sibling routes
each time, we can simply evaluate them once - when the first sibling is
traversed.
If we determine the entire multipath route needs to be removed, then the
'should_flush' bit is set in all the siblings, which will cause the
walker to flush them when it traverses them.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to IPv4, when the carrier of a netdev changes we should toggle
the 'linkdown' flag on all the nexthops using it as their nexthop
device.
This will later allow us to test for the presence of this flag during
route lookup and dump.
Up until commit 4832c30d54 ("net: ipv6: put host and anycast routes on
device with address") host and anycast routes used the loopback netdev
as their nexthop device and thus were not marked with the 'linkdown'
flag. The patch preserves this behavior and allows one to ping the local
address even when the nexthop device does not have a carrier and the
'ignore_routes_with_linkdown' sysctl is set.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make IPv6 more in line with IPv4 we need to be able to respond
differently to different netdev events. For example, when a netdev is
unregistered all the routes using it as their nexthop device should be
flushed, whereas when the netdev's carrier changes only the 'linkdown'
flag should be toggled.
Currently, this is not possible, as the function that traverses the
routing tables is not aware of the triggering event.
Propagate the triggering event down, so that it could be used in later
patches.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous patch marked nexthops with the 'dead' and 'linkdown' flags.
Clear these flags when the netdev comes back up.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-01-07
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add a start of a framework for extending struct xdp_buff without
having the overhead of populating every data at runtime. Idea
is to have a new per-queue struct xdp_rxq_info that holds read
mostly data (currently that is, queue number and a pointer to
the corresponding netdev) which is set up during rxqueue config
time. When a XDP program is invoked, struct xdp_buff holds a
pointer to struct xdp_rxq_info that the BPF program can then
walk. The user facing BPF program that uses struct xdp_md for
context can use these members directly, and the verifier rewrites
context access transparently by walking the xdp_rxq_info and
net_device pointers to load the data, from Jesper.
2) Redo the reporting of offload device information to user space
such that it works in combination with network namespaces. The
latter is reported through a device/inode tuple as similarly
done in other subsystems as well (e.g. perf) in order to identify
the namespace. For this to work, ns_get_path() has been generalized
such that the namespace can be retrieved not only from a specific
task (perf case), but also from a callback where we deduce the
netns (ns_common) from a netdevice. bpftool support using the new
uapi info and extensive test cases for test_offload.py in BPF
selftests have been added as well, from Jakub.
3) Add two bpftool improvements: i) properly report the bpftool
version such that it corresponds to the version from the kernel
source tree. So pick the right linux/version.h from the source
tree instead of the installed one. ii) fix bpftool and also
bpf_jit_disasm build with bintutils >= 2.9. The reason for the
build breakage is that binutils library changed the function
signature to select the disassembler. Given this is needed in
multiple tools, add a proper feature detection to the
tools/build/features infrastructure, from Roman.
4) Implement the BPF syscall command BPF_MAP_GET_NEXT_KEY for the
stacktrace map. It is currently unimplemented, but there are
use cases where user space needs to walk all stacktrace map
entries e.g. for dumping or deleting map entries w/o having to
close and recreate the map. Add BPF selftests along with it,
from Yonghong.
5) Few follow-up cleanups for the bpftool cgroup code: i) rename
the cgroup 'list' command into 'show' as we have it for other
subcommands as well, ii) then alias the 'show' command such that
'list' is accepted which is also common practice in iproute2,
and iii) remove couple of newlines from error messages using
p_err(), from Jakub.
6) Two follow-up cleanups to sockmap code: i) remove the unused
bpf_compute_data_end_sk_skb() function and ii) only build the
sockmap infrastructure when CONFIG_INET is enabled since it's
only aware of TCP sockets at this time, from John.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver code qede_free_fp_array() depend on kfree() can be called
with a NULL pointer. This stems from the qede_alloc_fp_array()
function which either (kz)alloc memory for fp->txq or fp->rxq.
This also simplifies error handling code in case of memory allocation
failures, but xdp_rxq_info_unreg need to know the difference.
Introduce xdp_rxq_info_is_reg() to handle if a memory allocation fails
and detect this is the failure path by seeing that xdp_rxq_info was
not registred yet, which first happens after successful alloaction in
qede_init_fp().
Driver hook points for xdp_rxq_info:
* reg : qede_init_fp
* unreg: qede_free_fp_array
Tested on actual hardware with samples/bpf program.
V2: Driver have no proper error path for failed XDP RX-queue info reg, as
qede_init_fp() is a void function.
Cc: everest-linux-l2@cavium.com
Cc: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
This patch only introduce the core data structures and API functions.
All XDP enabled drivers must use the API before this info can used.
There is a need for XDP to know more about the RX-queue a given XDP
frames have arrived on. For both the XDP bpf-prog and kernel side.
Instead of extending xdp_buff each time new info is needed, the patch
creates a separate read-mostly struct xdp_rxq_info, that contains this
info. We stress this data/cache-line is for read-only info. This is
NOT for dynamic per packet info, use the data_meta for such use-cases.
The performance advantage is this info can be setup at RX-ring init
time, instead of updating N-members in xdp_buff. A possible (driver
level) micro optimization is that xdp_buff->rxq assignment could be
done once per XDP/NAPI loop. The extra pointer deref only happens for
program needing access to this info (thus, no slowdown to existing
use-cases).
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
The definition of functions tcf_block_get() and tcf_block_get_ext()
depends of CONFIG_NET_CLS being set. When those functions gained extack
support, only one version of the declaration of those functions was
updated. Function tcf_block_get() was later fixed with commit
3c1490913f ("net: sch: api: fix tcf_block_get").
Change arguments of tcf_block_get_ext() for the case when CONFIG_NET_CLS
is not set.
Fixes: 8d1a77f974 ("net: sch: api: add extack support in tcf_block_get")
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a "can_" prefix to the "struct dev_rcv_lists" to better
reflect the meaning and improbe code readability.
The conversion is done with:
sed -i \
-e "s/struct dev_rcv_lists/struct can_dev_rcv_lists/g" \
net/can/*.[ch] include/net/netns/can.h
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
One thing is notable: I applied two patches and later
reverted them - we'll get back to that once all the driver
situation is sorted out.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIzBAABCgAdFiEEH1e1rEeCd0AIMq6MB8qZga/fl8QFAlpOQXUACgkQB8qZga/f
l8Qpuw/+OclRyelfxh1v1xwFYDUAJZZmU9wr/Yx/ezZ8NoebA5bfJSXV/s+Tgw5E
oORx7LUkbxwreQtoEHtc9/IE7SCfXrB8kWoy5A/Q094SDglWOiQbRuYQ0gn4pMkV
zukm4O3+cHHGj1slnSOzQWNeF/5mbNwEMo5Id5ZnSjMfoPl+CWH8qvfu4oRFhmiG
tZ0gIGARX9FL3v+RyqEhugTxfCzAYRTinGQhG4r6LlkgCqTnza7VhG+3N+fPMkjS
4Rs9ucnMnunrbd9lbbpTb+vWAJ+McJfVw/Gtmjp/W8vyxZFEr0EHiY31btmMAhTO
ibZVZYCslL3WM2vIxxy0nGR6O28eCRzU4ETSOrInv4ZooplvmFHVnjms1hqiSaZO
4qy8Yb8cPrIPTcI3OYWvicBAAcHLqlEw8GC4rltf2bw6a0FdJ3igitFy9MPFhxBW
OZ0YS+exHAb9lBbk49qOM0Bqu7ug5MUTygX9RGTeWB0sRDmc5OQVsAqvfaapGts9
u+huQzO2Y1b8IDVAL/tTOoDz6A1Qc/S2BFDNilFKVeGOhB35jFA3BN4vJzmpp9Oy
cz8150ls6BbfHjrFiuHlQWwaoG6GTebSln9XnEqNXfh5GFj1H/FYTQOv4rIaIjrY
wdirSv6UopaRjnBSb062glmb9ZFHQEKBWDvRC7jTRaXMRTBQ2zo=
=M0gz
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2018-01-04' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
We have things all over the place, no point listing them.
One thing is notable: I applied two patches and later
reverted them - we'll get back to that once all the driver
situation is sorted out.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix indentation of reserved_flags2 field in vxlanhdr_gpe.
Fixes: e1e5314de0 ("vxlan: implement GPE")
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/ipv6/ip6_gre.c is a case of parallel adds.
include/trace/events/tcp.h is a little bit more tricky. The removal
of in-trace-macro ifdefs in 'net' paralleled with moving
show_tcp_state_name and friends over to include/trace/events/sock.h
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows checking socket lock ownership with producing lockdep
warnings.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The build of mips bcm47xx_defconfig is failing with the error:
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c: In function 'fq_codel_init':
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:487:8: error:
too many arguments to function 'tcf_block_get'
While adding the extack support, the commit missed adding it in the
headers when CONFIG_NET_CLS is not defined.
Fixes: 8d1a77f974 ("net: sch: api: add extack support in tcf_block_get")
Signed-off-by: Sudip Mukherjee <sudipm.mukherjee@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-12-22
1) Separate ESP handling from segmentation for GRO packets.
This unifies the IPsec GSO and non GSO codepath.
2) Add asynchronous callbacks for xfrm on layer 2. This
adds the necessary infrastructure to core networking.
3) Allow to use the layer2 IPsec GSO codepath for software
crypto, all infrastructure is there now.
4) Also allow IPsec GSO with software crypto for local sockets.
5) Don't require synchronous crypto fallback on IPsec offloading,
it is not needed anymore.
6) Check for xdo_dev_state_free and only call it if implemented.
From Shannon Nelson.
7) Check for the required add and delete functions when a driver
registers xdo_dev_ops. From Shannon Nelson.
8) Define xfrmdev_ops only with offload config.
From Shannon Nelson.
9) Update the xfrm stats documentation.
From Shannon Nelson.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2017-12-22
1) Check for valid id proto in validate_tmpl(), otherwise
we may trigger a warning in xfrm_state_fini().
From Cong Wang.
2) Fix a typo on XFRMA_OUTPUT_MARK policy attribute.
From Michal Kubecek.
3) Verify the state is valid when encap_type < 0,
otherwise we may crash on IPsec GRO .
From Aviv Heller.
4) Fix stack-out-of-bounds read on socket policy lookup.
We access the flowi of the wrong address family in the
IPv4 mapped IPv6 case, fix this by catching address
family missmatches before we do the lookup.
5) fix xfrm_do_migrate() with AEAD to copy the geniv
field too. Otherwise the state is not fully initialized
and migration fails. From Antony Antony.
6) Fix stack-out-of-bounds with misconfigured transport
mode policies. Our policy template validation is not
strict enough. It is possible to configure policies
with transport mode template where the address family
of the template does not match the selectors address
family. Fix this by refusing such a configuration,
address family can not change on transport mode.
7) Fix a policy reference leak when reusing pcpu xdst
entry. From Florian Westphal.
8) Reinject transport-mode packets through tasklet,
otherwise it is possible to reate a recursion
loop. From Herbert Xu.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lots of overlapping changes. Also on the net-next side
the XDP state management is handled more in the generic
layers so undo the 'net' nfp fix which isn't applicable
in net-next.
Include a necessary change by Jakub Kicinski, with log message:
====================
cls_bpf no longer takes care of offload tracking. Make sure
netdevsim performs necessary checks. This fixes a warning
caused by TC trying to remove a filter it has not added.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function qdisc_create_dflt which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why qdisc_create_dflt failed. The function qdisc_create_dflt
will also call an init callback which can fail by any per-qdisc specific
handling.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function qdisc_alloc which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why qdisc_alloc failed.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function tcf_block_get which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why tcf_block_get failed.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function qdisc_get_rtab which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why qdisc_get_rtab failed.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for graft callback to prepare per-qdisc
specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for block callback to prepare per-qdisc
specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for class change callback api. This prepares
to handle extack support inside each specific class implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for change callback for qdisc ops
structtur to prepare per-qdisc specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for init callback to prepare per-qdisc
specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current XFRM code assumes that we've implemented the
xdo_dev_state_free() callback, even if it is meaningless to the driver.
This patch adds a check for it before calling, as done in other APIs,
to prevent a NULL function pointer kernel crash.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
sk_state_load is only used by AF_INET/AF_INET6, so rename it to
inet_sk_state_load and move it into inet_sock.h.
sk_state_store is removed as it is not used any more.
Signed-off-by: Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As sk_state is a common field for struct sock, so the state
transition tracepoint should not be a TCP specific feature.
Currently it traces all AF_INET state transition, so I rename this
tracepoint to inet_sock_set_state tracepoint with some minor changes and move it
into trace/events/sock.h.
We dont need to create a file named trace/events/inet_sock.h for this one single
tracepoint.
Two helpers are introduced to trace sk_state transition
- void inet_sk_state_store(struct sock *sk, int newstate);
- void inet_sk_set_state(struct sock *sk, int state);
As trace header should not be included in other header files,
so they are defined in sock.c.
The protocol such as SCTP maybe compiled as a ko, hence export
inet_sk_set_state().
Signed-off-by: Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cls_bpf used to take care of tracking what offload state a filter
is in, i.e. it would track if offload request succeeded or not.
This information would then be used to issue correct requests to
the driver, e.g. requests for statistics only on offloaded filters,
removing only filters which were offloaded, using add instead of
replace if previous filter was not added etc.
This tracking of offload state no longer functions with the new
callback infrastructure. There could be multiple entities trying
to offload the same filter.
Throw out all the tracking and corresponding commands and simply
pass to the drivers both old and new bpf program. Drivers will
have to deal with offload state tracking by themselves.
Fixes: 3f7889c4c7 ("net: sched: cls_bpf: call block callbacks for offload")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With support of async crypto operations in the GSO codepath
we have everything in place to allow GSO for local sockets.
This patch enables the GSO codepath.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This patch implements asynchronous crypto callbacks
and a backlog handler that can be used when IPsec
is done at layer 2 in the TX path. It also extends
the skb validate functions so that we can update
the driver transmit return codes based on async
crypto operation or to indicate that we queued the
packet in a backlog queue.
Joint work with: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We change the ESP GSO handlers to only segment the packets.
The ESP handling and encryption is defered to validate_xmit_xfrm()
where this is done for non GRO packets too. This makes the code
more robust and prepares for asynchronous crypto handling.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
When CONFIG_PROC_FS is disabled, we will not use the prot_inuse
counter. This adds an #ifdef to hide the variable definition in
that case. This is not a bugfix. But we can save bytes when there
are many network namespace.
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Martin Zhang <zhangjunweimartin@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <zhangtonghao@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some case, we want to know how many sockets are in use in
different _net_ namespaces. It's a key resource metric.
This patch add a member in struct netns_core. This is a counter
for socket-inuse in the _net_ namespace. The patch will add/sub
counter in the sk_alloc, sk_clone_lock and __sk_free.
This patch will not counter the socket created in kernel.
It's not very useful for userspace to know how many kernel
sockets we created.
The main reasons for doing this are that:
1. When linux calls the 'do_exit' for process to exit, the functions
'exit_task_namespaces' and 'exit_task_work' will be called sequentially.
'exit_task_namespaces' may have destroyed the _net_ namespace, but
'sock_release' called in 'exit_task_work' may use the _net_ namespace
if we counter the socket-inuse in sock_release.
2. socket and sock are in pair. More important, sock holds the _net_
namespace. We counter the socket-inuse in sock, for avoiding holding
_net_ namespace again in socket. It's a easy way to maintain the code.
Signed-off-by: Martin Zhang <zhangjunweimartin@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <zhangtonghao@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the member name will make the code more readable.
This patch will be used in next patch.
Signed-off-by: Martin Zhang <zhangjunweimartin@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: Tonghao Zhang <zhangtonghao@didichuxing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* hwsim:
- set To-DS bit in some frames missing it
- fix sleeping in atomic
* nl80211:
- doc cleanup
- fix locking in an error path
* build:
- don't append to created certs C files
- ship certificate pre-hexdumped
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=OWs9
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-12-19' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
A few more fixes:
* hwsim:
- set To-DS bit in some frames missing it
- fix sleeping in atomic
* nl80211:
- doc cleanup
- fix locking in an error path
* build:
- don't append to created certs C files
- ship certificate pre-hexdumped
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit enhances the scan results to report the per chain signal
strength based on the latest BSS update. This provides similar
information to what is already available through STA information.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <usdutt@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit e937b8da5a.
Turns out that a new driver (mt76) is coming in through
Kalle's tree, and will conflict with this. It also has some
conflicting requirements, so we'll revisit this later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit b0d52ad821.
We need to revert the TXQ scheduling API due to conflicts
with a new driver, and this depends on that API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit ca986ad9bc (nl80211: allow multiple active scheduled scan
requests) removed WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN but left the kerneldoc
description in place, leading to this docs-build warning:
./include/net/cfg80211.h:3278: warning: Excess enum value
'WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN' description in 'wiphy_flags'
Remove the line and gain a bit of peace.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is an old bugbear of mine:
https://www.mail-archive.com/netdev@vger.kernel.org/msg03894.html
By crafting special packets, it is possible to cause recursion
in our kernel when processing transport-mode packets at levels
that are only limited by packet size.
The easiest one is with DNAT, but an even worse one is where
UDP encapsulation is used in which case you just have to insert
an UDP encapsulation header in between each level of recursion.
This patch avoids this problem by reinjecting tranport-mode packets
through a tasklet.
Fixes: b05e106698 ("[IPV4/6]: Netfilter IPsec input hooks")
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Three sets of overlapping changes, two in the packet scheduler
and one in the meson-gxl PHY driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
handle_ftsn is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to skip
ssn for data or mid for idata, called for SCTP_CMD_PROCESS_FWDTSN cmd.
sctp_handle_iftsn works for ifwdtsn, and sctp_handle_fwdtsn works for
fwdtsn. Note that different from sctp_handle_fwdtsn, sctp_handle_iftsn
could do stream abort pd.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
report_ftsn is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
skip tsn from tsnmap, remove old events from reasm or lobby queue,
and abort pd for data or idata, called for SCTP_CMD_REPORT_FWDTSN
cmd and asoc reset.
sctp_report_iftsn works for ifwdtsn, and sctp_report_fwdtsn works
for fwdtsn. Note that sctp_report_iftsn doesn't do asoc abort_pd,
as stream abort_pd will be done when handling ifwdtsn. But when
ftsn is equal with ftsn, which means asoc reset, asoc abort_pd has
to be done.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
validate_ftsn is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
validate ssn/chunk type for fwdtsn or mid (message id)/chunk type for
ifwdtsn, called in sctp_sf_eat_fwd_tsn, just as validate_data.
If this check fails, an abort packet will be sent, as said in section
2.3.1 of RFC8260.
As ifwdtsn and fwdtsn chunks have different length, it also defines
ftsn_chunk_len for sctp_stream_interleave to describe the chunk size.
Then it replaces all sizeof(struct sctp_fwdtsn_chunk) with
sctp_ftsnchk_len.
It also adds the process for ifwdtsn in rx path. As Marcelo pointed
out, there's no need to add event table for ifwdtsn, but just share
prsctp_chunk_event_table with fwdtsn's. It would drop fwdtsn chunk
for ifwdtsn and drop ifwdtsn chunk for fwdtsn by calling validate_ftsn
in sctp_sf_eat_fwd_tsn.
After this patch, the ifwdtsn can be accepted.
Note that this patch also removes the sctp.intl_enable check for
idata chunks in sctp_chunk_event_lookup, as it will do this check
in validate_data later.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
generate_ftsn is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
create fwdtsn or ifwdtsn chunk according to abandoned chunks, called
in sctp_retransmit and sctp_outq_sack.
sctp_generate_iftsn works for ifwdtsn, and sctp_generate_fwdtsn is
still used for making fwdtsn.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_ifwdtsn_skip, sctp_ifwdtsn_hdr and sctp_ifwdtsn_chunk are used to
define and parse I-FWD TSN chunk format, and sctp_make_ifwdtsn is a
function to build the chunk.
The I-FORWARD-TSN Chunk Format is defined in section 2.3.1 of RFC8260.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo R. Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Qdiscs can be offloaded to HW, but current implementation isn't uniform.
Instead, qdiscs either pass information about offload status via their
TCA_OPTIONS or omit it altogether.
Introduce a new attribute - TCA_HW_OFFLOAD that would form a uniform
uAPI for the offloading status of qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to support for ipv4 erspan, this patch adds
erspan v2 to ip6erspan tunnel.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds support for erspan version 2. Not all features are
supported in this patch. The SGT (security group tag), GRA (timestamp
granularity), FT (frame type) are set to fixed value. Only hardware
ID and direction are configurable. Optional subheader is also not
supported.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch refactors the existing erspan implementation in order
to support erspan version 2, which has additional metadata. So, in
stead of having one 'struct erspanhdr' holding erspan version 1,
breaks it into 'struct erspan_base_hdr' and 'struct erspan_metadata'.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to this patch, active Fast Open is paused on a specific
destination IP address if the previous connections to the
IP address have experienced recurring timeouts . But recent
experiments by Microsoft (https://goo.gl/cykmn7) and Mozilla
browsers indicate the isssue is often caused by broken middle-boxes
sitting close to the client. Therefore it is much better user
experience if Fast Open is disabled out-right globally to avoid
experiencing further timeouts on connections toward other
destinations.
This patch changes the destination-IP disablement to global
disablement if a connection experiencing recurring timeouts
or aborts due to timeout. Repeated incidents would still
exponentially increase the pause time, starting from an hour.
This is extremely conservative but an unfortunate compromise to
minimize bad experience due to broken middle-boxes.
Reported-by: Dragana Damjanovic <ddamjanovic@mozilla.com>
Reported-by: Patrick McManus <mcmanus@ducksong.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 3a9b76fd0d ("tcp: allow drivers to tweak TSQ logic")
I gave a code sample to set sk->sk_pacing_shift that was not complete.
Better add a helper that can be used by drivers without worries,
and maybe amended in the future.
A wifi driver might use it from its ndo_start_xmit()
Following call would setup TCP to allow up to ~8ms of queued data per
flow.
sk_pacing_shift_update(skb->sk, 7);
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First, rename __inet_twsk_hashdance() to inet_twsk_hashdance()
Then, remove one inet_twsk_put() by setting tw_refcnt to 3 instead
of 4, but adding a fat warning that we do not have the right to access
tw anymore after inet_twsk_hashdance()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we now hold RTNL lock in tc_action_net_exit(), it is good to
batch them to speedup tc action dismantle.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 stack reacts to changes to small MTU, by disabling itself under
RTNL.
But there is a window where threads not using RTNL can see a wrong
device mtu. This can lead to surprises, in igmp code where it is
assumed the mtu is suitable.
Fix this by reading device mtu once and checking IPv4 minimal MTU.
This patch adds missing IPV4_MIN_MTU define, to not abuse
ETH_MIN_MTU anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
guehdr struct is used to build or parse gue packets, which
are always in big endian. It's better to define all guehdr
members as __beXX types.
Also, in validate_gue_flags it's not good to use a __be32
variable for both Standard flags(__be16) and Private flags
(__be32), and pass it to other funcions.
This patch could fix a bunch of sparse warnings from fou.
Fixes: 5024c33ac3 ("gue: Add infrastructure for flags and options")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unordered idata process is more complicated than unordered data:
- It has to add mid into sctp_stream_out to save the next mid value,
which is separated from ordered idata's.
- To support pd for unordered idata, another mid and pd_mode need to
be added to save the message id and pd state in sctp_stream_in.
- To make unordered idata reasm easier, it adds a new event queue
to save frags for idata.
The patch mostly adds the samilar reasm functions for unordered idata
as ordered idata's, and also adjusts some other codes on assign_mid,
abort_pd and ulpevent_data for idata.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
abort_pd is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to abort
partial delivery for data or idata, called in sctp_cmd_assoc_failed.
Since stream interleave allows to do partial delivery for each stream
at the same time, sctp_intl_abort_pd for idata would be very different
from the old function sctp_ulpq_abort_pd for data.
Note that sctp_ulpevent_make_pdapi will support per stream in this
patch by adding pdapi_stream and pdapi_seq in sctp_pdapi_event, as
described in section 6.1.7 of RFC6458.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
start_pd is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
do partial_delivery for data or idata when datalen >= asoc->rwnd
in sctp_eat_data. The codes have been done in last patches, but
they need to be extracted into start_pd, so that it could be used
for SCTP_CMD_PART_DELIVER cmd as well.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
renege_events is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
renege some old data or idata in reasm or lobby queue properly to free
some memory for the new data when there's memory stress.
It defines sctp_renege_events for idata, and leaves sctp_ulpq_renege
as it is for data.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
enqueue_event is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
enqueue either data, idata or notification events into user socket rx
queue.
It replaces sctp_ulpq_tail_event used in the other places with
enqueue_event.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ulpevent_data is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used to
do the most process in ulpq, including to convert data or idata chunk
to event, reasm them in reasm queue and put them in lobby queue in
right order, and deliver them up to user sk rx queue.
This procedure is described in section 2.2.3 of RFC8260.
It adds most functions for idata here to do the similar process as
the old functions for data. But since the details are very different
between them, the old functions can not be reused for idata.
event->ssn and event->ppid settings are moved to ulpevent_data from
sctp_ulpevent_make_rcvmsg, so that sctp_ulpevent_make_rcvmsg could
work for both data and idata.
Note that mid is added in sctp_ulpevent for idata, __packed has to
be used for defining sctp_ulpevent, or it would exceeds the skb cb
that saves a sctp_ulpevent variable for ulp layer process.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
validate_data is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used
to validate ssn/chunk type for data or mid (message id)/chunk type
for idata, called in sctp_eat_data.
If this check fails, an abort packet will be sent, as said in
section 2.2.3 of RFC8260.
It also adds the process for idata in rx path. As Marcelo pointed
out, there's no need to add event table for idata, but just share
chunk_event_table with data's. It would drop data chunk for idata
and drop idata chunk for data by calling validate_data in
sctp_eat_data.
As last patch did, it also replaces sizeof(struct sctp_data_chunk)
with sctp_datachk_len for rx path.
After this patch, the idata can be accepted and delivered to ulp
layer.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
assign_number is added as a member of sctp_stream_interleave, used
to assign ssn for data or mid (message id) for idata, called in
sctp_packet_append_data. sctp_chunk_assign_ssn is left as it is,
and sctp_chunk_assign_mid is added for sctp_stream_interleave_1.
This procedure is described in section 2.2.2 of RFC8260.
All sizeof(struct sctp_data_chunk) in tx path is replaced with
sctp_datachk_len, to make it right for idata as well. And also
adjust sctp_chunk_is_data for SCTP_CID_I_DATA.
After this patch, idata can be built and sent in tx path.
Note that if sp strm_interleave is set, it has to wait_connect in
sctp_sendmsg, as asoc intl_enable need to be known after 4 shake-
hands, to decide if it should use data or idata later. data and
idata can't be mixed to send in one asoc.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid hundreds of checks for the different process on I-DATA chunk,
struct sctp_stream_interleave is defined as a group of functions used
to replace the codes in some place where it needs to do different job
according to if the asoc intl_enabled is set.
With these ops, it only needs to initialize asoc->stream.si with
sctp_stream_interleave_0 for normal data if asoc intl_enable is 0,
or sctp_stream_interleave_1 for idata if asoc intl_enable is set in
sctp_stream_init.
After that, the members in asoc->stream.si can be used directly in
some special places without checking asoc intl_enable.
make_datafrag is the first member for sctp_stream_interleave, it's
used to make data or idata frags, called in sctp_datamsg_from_user.
The old function sctp_make_datafrag_empty needs to be adjust some
to fit in this ops.
Note that as idata and data chunks have different length, it also
defines data_chunk_len for sctp_stream_interleave to describe the
chunk size.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_idatahdr and sctp_idata_chunk are used to define and parse
I-DATA chunk format, and sctp_make_idata is a function to build
the chunk.
The I-DATA Chunk Format is defined in section 2.1 of RFC8260.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds intl_enable in asoc and netns, and strm_interleave in
sctp_sock to indicate if stream interleave is enabled and supported.
netns intl_enable would be set via procfs, but that is not added yet
until all stream interleave codes are completely implemented; asoc
intl_enable will be set when doing 4-shakehands.
sp strm_interleave can be set by sockopt SCTP_INTERLEAVING_SUPPORTED
which is also added in this patch. This socket option is defined in
section 4.3.1 of RFC8260.
Note that strm_interleave can only be set by sockopt when both netns
intl_enable and sp frag_interleave are set.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most callers of rhashtable_walk_start don't care about a resize event
which is indicated by a return value of -EAGAIN. So calls to
rhashtable_walk_start are wrapped wih code to ignore -EAGAIN. Something
like this is common:
ret = rhashtable_walk_start(rhiter);
if (ret && ret != -EAGAIN)
goto out;
Since zero and -EAGAIN are the only possible return values from the
function this check is pointless. The condition never evaluates to true.
This patch changes rhashtable_walk_start to return void. This simplifies
code for the callers that ignore -EAGAIN. For the few cases where the
caller cares about the resize event, particularly where the table can be
walked in mulitple parts for netlink or seq file dump, the function
rhashtable_walk_start_check has been added that returns -EAGAIN on a
resize event.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds airtime accounting and scheduling to the mac80211 TXQ
scheduler. A new hardware flag, AIRTIME_ACCOUNTING, is added that
drivers can set if they support reporting airtime usage of
transmissions. When this flag is set, mac80211 will expect the actual
airtime usage to be reported in the tx_time and rx_time fields of the
respective status structs.
When airtime information is present, mac80211 will schedule TXQs
(through ieee80211_next_txq()) in a way that enforces airtime fairness
between active stations. This scheduling works the same way as the ath9k
in-driver airtime fairness scheduling.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds an API to mac80211 to handle scheduling of TXQs and changes the
interface between driver and mac80211 for TXQ handling as follows:
- The wake_tx_queue callback interface no longer includes the TXQ. Instead,
the driver is expected to retrieve that from ieee80211_next_txq()
- Two new mac80211 functions are added: ieee80211_next_txq() and
ieee80211_schedule_txq(). The former returns the next TXQ that should be
scheduled, and is how the driver gets a queue to pull packets from. The
latter is called internally by mac80211 to start scheduling a queue, and
the driver is supposed to call it to re-schedule the TXQ after it is
finished pulling packets from it (unless the queue emptied).
The ath9k and ath10k drivers are changed to use the new API.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a key flag to indicates that the device only needs
MIC space and not a real MIC.
In such cases, keep the MIC zeroed for ease of debug.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Both cfg80211_rx_mgmt and cfg80211_report_obss_beacon functions send
reports to userspace using NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM attribute w/o
any processing of their input signal values. Which means that in
order to match userspace tools expectations, input signal values
for those functions are supposed to be in dBm units.
This patch cleans up comments, variable names, and trace reports
for those functions, replacing confusing 'mBm' by 'dBm'.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for drivers that implement static WEP internally for IBSS.
Add the WEP keys to the IBSS params struct, that will allow the driver
to use the keys in the join flow, and not only after the connection.
Signed-off-by: Tova Mussai <tova.mussai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow drivers to set the buffer station extended capability
for TDLS links, with a new hardware flag indicating this.
Signed-off-by: Yingying Tang <yintang@qti.qualcomm.com>
[change commit log/documentation wording]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The sch_mq qdisc creates a sub-qdisc per tx queue which are then
called independently for enqueue and dequeue operations. However
statistics are aggregated and pushed up to the "master" qdisc.
This patch adds support for any of the sub-qdiscs to be per cpu
statistic qdiscs. To handle this case add a check when calculating
stats and aggregate the per cpu stats if needed.
Also exports __gnet_stats_copy_queue() to use as a helper function.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add qdisc qlen helper routines for lockless qdiscs to use.
The qdisc qlen is no longer used in the hotpath but it is reported
via stats query on the qdisc so it still needs to be tracked. This
adds the per cpu operations needed along with a helper to return
the summation of per cpu stats.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to how gso is handled use skb list for skb_bad_tx this is
required with lockless qdiscs because we may have multiple cores
attempting to push skbs into skb_bad_tx concurrently
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work is preparing the qdisc layer to support egress lockless
qdiscs. If we are running the egress qdisc lockless in the case we
overrun the netdev, for whatever reason, the netdev returns a busy
error code and the skb is parked on the gso_skb pointer. With many
cores all hitting this case at once its possible to have multiple
sk_buffs here so we turn gso_skb into a queue.
This should be the edge case and if we see this frequently then
the netdev/qdisc layer needs to back off.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable dflt qdisc support for per cpu stats before this patch a dflt
qdisc was required to use the global statistics qstats and bstats.
This adds a static flags field to qdisc_ops that is propagated
into qdisc->flags in qdisc allocate call. This allows the allocation
block to completely allocate the qdisc object so we don't have
dangling allocations after qdisc init.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The per cpu qstats support was added with per cpu bstat support which
is currently used by the ingress qdisc. This patch adds a set of
helpers needed to make other qdiscs that use qstats per cpu as well.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sch_direct_xmit() uses qdisc_qlen as a return value but all call sites
of the routine only check if it is zero or not. Simplify the logic so
that we don't need to return an actual queue length value.
This introduces a case now where sch_direct_xmit would have returned
a qlen of zero but now it returns true. However in this case all
call sites of sch_direct_xmit will implement a dequeue() and get
a null skb and abort. This trades tracking qlen in the hotpath for
an extra dequeue operation. Overall this seems to be good for
performance.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a flag for queueing disciplines to indicate the stack
does not need to use the qdisc lock to protect operations. This can
be used to build lockless scheduling algorithms and improving
performance.
The flag is checked in the tx path and the qdisc lock is only taken
if it is not set. For now use a conditional if statement. Later we
could be more aggressive if it proves worthwhile and use a static key
or wrap this in a likely().
Also the lockless case drops the TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS logic. The reason
for this is synchronizing a qlen counter across threads proves to
cost more than doing the enqueue/dequeue operations when tested with
pktgen.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently __qdisc_run calls qdisc_run_end() but does not call
qdisc_run_begin(). This makes it hard to track pairs of
qdisc_run_{begin,end} across function calls.
To simplify reading these code paths this patch moves begin/end calls
into qdisc_run().
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2017-12-07
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your net-next tree.
The main changes are:
1) Detailed documentation of BPF development process from Daniel.
2) Addition of is_fullsock, snd_cwnd and srtt_us fields to bpf_sock_ops
from Lawrence.
3) Minor follow up for bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key() from William.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mark tcp_sock during a SACK reneging event and invalidate rate samples
while marked. Such rate samples may overestimate bw by including packets
that were SACKed before reneging.
< ack 6001 win 10000 sack 7001:38001
< ack 7001 win 0 sack 8001:38001 // Reneg detected
> seq 7001:8001 // RTO, SACK cleared.
< ack 38001 win 10000
In above example the rate sample taken after the last ack will count
7001-38001 as delivered while the actual delivery rate likely could
be much lower i.e. 7001-8001.
This patch adds a new field tcp_sock.sack_reneg and marks it when we
declare SACK reneging and entering TCP_CA_Loss, and unmarks it after
the last rate sample was taken before moving back to TCP_CA_Open. This
patch also invalidates rate samples taken while tcp_sock.is_sack_reneg
is set.
Fixes: b9f64820fb ("tcp: track data delivery rate for a TCP connection")
Signed-off-by: Yousuk Seung <ysseung@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a configuration option: CONFIG_NET_DSA_LEGACY allowing to compile out
support for the old platform device and Device Tree binding registration.
Support for these configurations is scheduled to be removed in 4.17.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcfm_dev always points to the correct netdev and we already
hold a refcnt, so no need to use tcfm_ifindex to lookup again.
If we would support moving target netdev across netns, using
pointer would be better than ifindex.
This also fixes dumping obsolete ifindex, now after the
target device is gone we just dump 0 as ifindex.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No one actually uses it.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alexander Potapenko reported use of uninitialized memory [1]
This happens when inserting a request socket into TCP ehash,
in __sk_nulls_add_node_rcu(), since sk_reuseport is not initialized.
Bug was added by commit d894ba18d4 ("soreuseport: fix ordering for
mixed v4/v6 sockets")
Note that d296ba60d8 ("soreuseport: Resolve merge conflict for v4/v6
ordering fix") missed the opportunity to get rid of
hlist_nulls_add_tail_rcu() :
Both UDP sockets and TCP/DCCP listeners no longer use
__sk_nulls_add_node_rcu() for their hash insertion.
Since all other sockets have unique 4-tuple, the reuseport status
has no special meaning, so we can always use hlist_nulls_add_head_rcu()
for them and save few cycles/instructions.
[1]
==================================================================
BUG: KMSAN: use of uninitialized memory in inet_ehash_insert+0xd40/0x1050
CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 4.13.0+ #3288
Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011
Call Trace:
<IRQ>
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:16
dump_stack+0x185/0x1d0 lib/dump_stack.c:52
kmsan_report+0x13f/0x1c0 mm/kmsan/kmsan.c:1016
__msan_warning_32+0x69/0xb0 mm/kmsan/kmsan_instr.c:766
__sk_nulls_add_node_rcu ./include/net/sock.h:684
inet_ehash_insert+0xd40/0x1050 net/ipv4/inet_hashtables.c:413
reqsk_queue_hash_req net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c:754
inet_csk_reqsk_queue_hash_add+0x1cc/0x300 net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c:765
tcp_conn_request+0x31e7/0x36f0 net/ipv4/tcp_input.c:6414
tcp_v4_conn_request+0x16d/0x220 net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c:1314
tcp_rcv_state_process+0x42a/0x7210 net/ipv4/tcp_input.c:5917
tcp_v4_do_rcv+0xa6a/0xcd0 net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c:1483
tcp_v4_rcv+0x3de0/0x4ab0 net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c:1763
ip_local_deliver_finish+0x6bb/0xcb0 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:216
NF_HOOK ./include/linux/netfilter.h:248
ip_local_deliver+0x3fa/0x480 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:257
dst_input ./include/net/dst.h:477
ip_rcv_finish+0x6fb/0x1540 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:397
NF_HOOK ./include/linux/netfilter.h:248
ip_rcv+0x10f6/0x15c0 net/ipv4/ip_input.c:488
__netif_receive_skb_core+0x36f6/0x3f60 net/core/dev.c:4298
__netif_receive_skb net/core/dev.c:4336
netif_receive_skb_internal+0x63c/0x19c0 net/core/dev.c:4497
napi_skb_finish net/core/dev.c:4858
napi_gro_receive+0x629/0xa50 net/core/dev.c:4889
e1000_receive_skb drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_main.c:4018
e1000_clean_rx_irq+0x1492/0x1d30
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_main.c:4474
e1000_clean+0x43aa/0x5970 drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000/e1000_main.c:3819
napi_poll net/core/dev.c:5500
net_rx_action+0x73c/0x1820 net/core/dev.c:5566
__do_softirq+0x4b4/0x8dd kernel/softirq.c:284
invoke_softirq kernel/softirq.c:364
irq_exit+0x203/0x240 kernel/softirq.c:405
exiting_irq+0xe/0x10 ./arch/x86/include/asm/apic.h:638
do_IRQ+0x15e/0x1a0 arch/x86/kernel/irq.c:263
common_interrupt+0x86/0x86
Fixes: d894ba18d4 ("soreuseport: fix ordering for mixed v4/v6 sockets")
Fixes: d296ba60d8 ("soreuseport: Resolve merge conflict for v4/v6 ordering fix")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Alexander Potapenko <glider@google.com>
Acked-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current dsa_upstream_port() helper still assumes a unique CPU port
in the whole switch fabric. This is becoming wrong, as every port in the
fabric has its dedicated CPU port, thus every port has an upstream port.
Add a port argument to the dsa_upstream_port() helper and fetch its CPU
port instead of the deprecated unique fabric CPU port. A CPU or unused
port has no dedicated CPU port, so return itself in this case.
At the same time, change the return value from u8 to unsigned int since
there is no need to limit the size here.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix checkpatch issues for upcomming patches according to the
sched api file. It changes checking on null pointer, remove unnecessary
brackets, add variable names for parameters and adjust 80 char width.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both Eric and Paolo noticed the rcu_barrier() we use in
tcf_block_put_ext() could be a performance bottleneck when
we have a lot of tc classes.
Paolo provided the following to demonstrate the issue:
tc qdisc add dev lo root htb
for I in `seq 1 1000`; do
tc class add dev lo parent 1: classid 1:$I htb rate 100kbit
tc qdisc add dev lo parent 1:$I handle $((I + 1)): htb
for J in `seq 1 10`; do
tc filter add dev lo parent $((I + 1)): u32 match ip src 1.1.1.$J
done
done
time tc qdisc del dev root
real 0m54.764s
user 0m0.023s
sys 0m0.000s
The rcu_barrier() there is to ensure we free the block after all chains
are gone, that is, to queue tcf_block_put_final() at the tail of workqueue.
We can achieve this ordering requirement by refcnt'ing tcf block instead,
that is, the tcf block is freed only when the last chain in this block is
gone. This also simplifies the code.
Paolo reported after this patch we get:
real 0m0.017s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.017s
Tested-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check the qmin & qmax values doesn't overflow for the given Wlog value.
Check that qmin <= qmax.
Fixes: a783474591 ("[PKT_SCHED]: Generic RED layer")
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not allow delta value to be zero since it is used as a divisor.
Fixes: 8af2a218de ("sch_red: Adaptative RED AQM")
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Small overlapping change conflict ('net' changed a line,
'net-next' added a line right afterwards) in flexcan.c
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds read access to snd_cwnd and srtt_us fields of tcp_sock. Since these
fields are only valid if the socket associated with the sock_ops program
call is a full socket, the field is_fullsock is also added to the
bpf_sock_ops struct. If the socket is not a full socket, reading these
fields returns 0.
Note that in most cases it will not be necessary to check is_fullsock to
know if there is a full socket. The context of the call, as specified by
the 'op' field, can sometimes determine whether there is a full socket.
The struct bpf_sock_ops has the following fields added:
__u32 is_fullsock; /* Some TCP fields are only valid if
* there is a full socket. If not, the
* fields read as zero.
*/
__u32 snd_cwnd;
__u32 srtt_us; /* Averaged RTT << 3 in usecs */
There is a new macro, SOCK_OPS_GET_TCP32(NAME), to make it easier to add
read access to more 32 bit tcp_sock fields.
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
convert remaining users of rtnl_register to rtnl_register_module
and un-export rtnl_register.
Requested-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes __rtnl_register and switches callers to either
rtnl_register or rtnl_register_module.
Also, rtnl_register() will now print an error if memory allocation
failed rather than panic the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add yet another rtnl_register function. It will be used by modules
that can be removed.
The passed module struct is used to prevent module unload while
a netlink dump is in progress or when a DOIT_UNLOCKED doit callback
is called.
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After this fix : ("tcp: add tcp_v4_fill_cb()/tcp_v4_restore_cb()"),
socket lookups happen while skb->cb[] has not been mangled yet by TCP.
Fixes: a04a480d43 ("net: Require exact match for TCP socket lookups if dif is l3mdev")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current listener hashtable is hashed by port only.
When a process is listening at many IP addresses with the same port (e.g.
[IP1]:443, [IP2]:443... [IPN]:443), the inet[6]_lookup_listener()
performance is degraded to a link list. It is prone to syn attack.
UDP had a similar issue and a second hashtable was added to resolve it.
This patch adds a second hashtable for the listener's sockets.
The second hashtable is hashed by port and address.
It cannot reuse the existing skc_portaddr_node which is shared
with skc_bind_node. TCP listener needs to use skc_bind_node.
Instead, this patch adds a hlist_node 'icsk_listen_portaddr_node' to
the inet_connection_sock which the listener (like TCP) also belongs to.
The new portaddr hashtable may need two lookup (First by IP:PORT.
Second by INADDR_ANY:PORT if the IP:PORT is a not found). Hence,
it implements a similar cut off as UDP such that it will only consult the
new portaddr hashtable if the current port-only hashtable has >10
sk in the link-list.
lhash2 and lhash2_mask are added to 'struct inet_hashinfo'. I take
this chance to plug a 4 bytes hole. It is done by first moving
the existing bind_bucket_cachep up and then add the new
(int lhash2_mask, *lhash2) after the existing bhash_size.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the udp[46]_portaddr_hash()
to net/ip[v6].h. The function name is renamed to
ipv[46]_portaddr_hash().
It will be used by a later patch which adds a second listener
hashtable hashed by the address and port.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a count to the 'struct inet_listen_hashbucket'.
It counts how many sk is hashed to a bucket. It will be
used to decide if the (to-be-added) portaddr listener's hashtable
should be used during inet[6]_lookup_listener().
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new helper returning the local port used to reach an arbitrary
switch port in the fabric.
Its only user at the moment is the dsa_upstream_port helper, which
returns the local port reaching the dedicated CPU port, but it will be
used in cross-chip FDB operations.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA switch MDB ops pass the switchdev_trans structure down to the
drivers, but no one is using them and they aren't supposed to anyway.
Remove the trans argument from MDB prepare and add operations.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA switch VLAN ops pass the switchdev_trans structure down to the
drivers, but no one is using them and they aren't supposed to anyway.
Remove the trans argument from VLAN prepare and add operations.
At the same time, fix the following checkpatch warning:
WARNING: line over 80 characters
#74: FILE: drivers/net/dsa/dsa_loop.c:177:
+ const struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan *vlan)
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds support for ERSPAN tunnel over ipv6.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move two erspan functions to header file, erspan.h, so ipv6
erspan implementation can use it.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As rfc3758#section-3.1 demands:
A3) When a TSN is "abandoned", if it is part of a fragmented message,
all other TSN's within that fragmented message MUST be abandoned
at the same time.
Besides, if it couldn't handle this, the rest frags would never get
assembled in peer side.
This patch supports it by adding abandoned flag in sctp_datamsg, when
one chunk is being abandoned, set chunk->msg->abandoned as well. Next
time when checking for abandoned, go checking chunk->msg->abandoned
first.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit d7fb60b9ca ("net_sched: get rid of tcfa_rcu"),
TC actions don't need to respect RCU grace period, because it
is either just detached from tc filter (standalone case) or
it is removed together with tc filter (bound case) in which case
RCU grace period is already respected at filter layer.
Fixes: 5c5670fae4 ("net/sched: Introduce sample tc action")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have padding to try and align the refcount on a separate cache
line. But after several simplifications the padding has increased
substantially.
So now it's easy to change the layout to get rid of the padding
entirely.
We group the write-heavy __refcnt and __use with less often used
items such as the rcu_head and the error code.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
The first member of an IPSEC route bundle chain sets it's dst->path to
the underlying ipv4/ipv6 route that carries the bundle.
Stated another way, if one were to follow the xfrm_dst->child chain of
the bundle, the final non-NULL pointer would be the path and point to
either an ipv4 or an ipv6 route.
This is largely used to make sure that PMTU events propagate down to
the correct ipv4 or ipv6 route.
When we don't have the top of an IPSEC bundle 'dst->path == dst'.
Move it down into xfrm_dst and key off of dst->xfrm.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
The dst->from value is only used by ipv6 routes to track where
a route "came from".
Any time we clone or copy a core ipv6 route in the ipv6 routing
tables, we have the copy/clone's ->from point to the base route.
This is used to handle route expiration properly.
Only ipv6 uses this mechanism, and only ipv6 code references
it. So it is safe to move it into rt6_info.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
XFRM bundle child chains look like this:
xdst1 --> xdst2 --> xdst3 --> path_dst
All of xdstN are xfrm_dst objects and xdst->u.dst.xfrm is non-NULL.
The final child pointer in the chain, here called 'path_dst', is some
other kind of route such as an ipv4 or ipv6 one.
The xfrm output path pops routes, one at a time, via the child
pointer, until we hit one which has a dst->xfrm pointer which
is NULL.
We can easily preserve the above mechanisms with child sitting
only in the xfrm_dst structure. All children in the chain
before we break out of the xfrm_output() loop have dst->xfrm
non-NULL and are therefore xfrm_dst objects.
Since we break out of the loop when we find dst->xfrm NULL, we
will not try to dereference 'dst' as if it were an xfrm_dst.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will make a future change moving the dst->child pointer less
invasive.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Only IPSEC routes have a non-NULL dst->child pointer. And IPSEC
routes are identified by a non-NULL dst->xfrm pointer.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now each stream sched ops is defined in different .c file and
added into the global ops in another .c file, it uses extern
to make this work.
However extern is not good coding style to get them in and
even make C=2 reports errors for this.
This patch adds sctp_sched_ops_xxx_init for each stream sched
ops in their .c file, then get them into the global ops by
calling them when initializing sctp module.
Fixes: 637784ade2 ("sctp: introduce priority based stream scheduler")
Fixes: ac1ed8b82c ("sctp: introduce round robin stream scheduler")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now sctp_csum_xxx doesn't really match the param types of these common
csum apis. As sctp_csum_xxx is defined in sctp/checksum.h, many sparse
errors occur when make C=2 not only with M=net/sctp but also with other
modules that include this header file.
This patch is to force them fit in csum apis with the right types.
Fixes: e6d8b64b34 ("net: sctp: fix and consolidate SCTP checksumming code")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* CRYPTO_SHA256 is needed for regdb validation
* mac80211: mesh path metric was wrong in some frames
* mac80211: use QoS null-data packets on QoS connections
* mac80211: tear down RX aggregation sessions first to
drop fewer packets in HW restart scenarios
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=ODX1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-11-27' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Four fixes:
* CRYPTO_SHA256 is needed for regdb validation
* mac80211: mesh path metric was wrong in some frames
* mac80211: use QoS null-data packets on QoS connections
* mac80211: tear down RX aggregation sessions first to
drop fewer packets in HW restart scenarios
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When connected to a QoS/WMM AP, mac80211 should use a QoS NDP
for probing it, instead of a regular non-QoS one, fix this.
Change all the drivers to *not* allow QoS NDP for now, even
though it looks like most of them should be OK with that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tuntap and similar devices can inject GSO packets. Accept type
VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP, even though not generating UFO natively.
Processes are expected to use feature negotiation such as TUNSETOFFLOAD
to detect supported offload types and refrain from injecting other
packets. This process breaks down with live migration: guest kernels
do not renegotiate flags, so destination hosts need to expose all
features that the source host does.
Partially revert the UFO removal from 182e0b6b5846~1..d9d30adf5677.
This patch introduces nearly(*) no new code to simplify verification.
It brings back verbatim tuntap UFO negotiation, VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP
insertion and software UFO segmentation.
It does not reinstate protocol stack support, hardware offload
(NETIF_F_UFO), SKB_GSO_UDP tunneling in SKB_GSO_SOFTWARE or reception
of VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP packets in tuntap.
To support SKB_GSO_UDP reappearing in the stack, also reinstate
logic in act_csum and openvswitch. Achieve equivalence with v4.13 HEAD
by squashing in commit 939912216f ("net: skb_needs_check() removes
CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY check for tx.") and reverting commit 8d63bee643
("net: avoid skb_warn_bad_offload false positives on UFO").
(*) To avoid having to bring back skb_shinfo(skb)->ip6_frag_id,
ipv6_proxy_select_ident is changed to return a __be32 and this is
assigned directly to the frag_hdr. Also, SKB_GSO_UDP is inserted
at the end of the enum to minimize code churn.
Tested
Booted a v4.13 guest kernel with QEMU. On a host kernel before this
patch `ethtool -k eth0` shows UFO disabled. After the patch, it is
enabled, same as on a v4.13 host kernel.
A UFO packet sent from the guest appears on the tap device:
host:
nc -l -p -u 8000 &
tcpdump -n -i tap0
guest:
dd if=/dev/zero of=payload.txt bs=1 count=2000
nc -u 192.16.1.1 8000 < payload.txt
Direct tap to tap transmission of VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP succeeds,
packets arriving fragmented:
./with_tap_pair.sh ./tap_send_ufo tap0 tap1
(from https://github.com/wdebruij/kerneltools/tree/master/tests)
Changes
v1 -> v2
- simplified set_offload change (review comment)
- documented test procedure
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/<CAF=yD-LuUeDuL9YWPJD9ykOZ0QCjNeznPDr6whqZ9NGMNF12Mw@mail.gmail.com>
Fixes: fb652fdfe8 ("macvlan/macvtap: Remove NETIF_F_UFO advertisement.")
Reported-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the TLP scheduling logic so that when scheduling a TLP probe, we
ensure that the estimated time at which an RTO would fire accounts for
the fact that ACKs indicating forward progress should push back RTO
times.
After the following fix:
df92c8394e ("tcp: fix xmit timer to only be reset if data ACKed/SACKed")
we had an unintentional behavior change in the following kind of
scenario: suppose the RTT variance has been very low recently. Then
suppose we send out a flight of N packets and our RTT is 100ms:
t=0: send a flight of N packets
t=100ms: receive an ACK for N-1 packets
The response before df92c8394e that was:
-> schedule a TLP for now + RTO_interval
The response after df92c8394e is:
-> schedule a TLP for t=0 + RTO_interval
Since RTO_interval = srtt + RTT_variance, this means that we have
scheduled a TLP timer at a point in the future that only accounts for
RTT_variance. If the RTT_variance term is small, this means that the
timer fires soon.
Before df92c8394e this would not happen, because in that code, when
we receive an ACK for a prefix of flight, we did:
1) Near the top of tcp_ack(), switch from TLP timer to RTO
at write_queue_head->paket_tx_time + RTO_interval:
if (icsk->icsk_pending == ICSK_TIME_LOSS_PROBE)
tcp_rearm_rto(sk);
2) In tcp_clean_rtx_queue(), update the RTO to now + RTO_interval:
if (flag & FLAG_ACKED) {
tcp_rearm_rto(sk);
3) In tcp_ack() after tcp_fastretrans_alert() switch from RTO
to TLP at now + RTO_interval:
if (icsk->icsk_pending == ICSK_TIME_RETRANS)
tcp_schedule_loss_probe(sk);
In df92c8394e we removed that 3-phase dance, and instead directly
set the TLP timer once: we set the TLP timer in cases like this to
write_queue_head->packet_tx_time + RTO_interval. So if the RTT
variance is small, then this means that this is setting the TLP timer
to fire quite soon. This means if the ACK for the tail of the flight
takes longer than an RTT to arrive (often due to delayed ACKs), then
the TLP timer fires too quickly.
Fixes: df92c8394e ("tcp: fix xmit timer to only be reset if data ACKed/SACKed")
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Revert regression inducing change to the IPSEC template resolver,
from Steffen Klassert.
2) Peeloffs can cause the wrong sk to be waken up in SCTP, fix from Xin
Long.
3) Min packet MTU size is wrong in cpsw driver, from Grygorii Strashko.
4) Fix build failure in netfilter ctnetlink, from Arnd Bergmann.
5) ISDN hisax driver checks pnp_irq() for errors incorrectly, from
Arvind Yadav.
6) Fix fealnx driver build failure on MIPS, from Huacai Chen.
7) Fix into leak in SCTP, the scope_id of socket addresses is not
always filled in. From Eric W. Biederman.
8) MTU inheritance between physical function and representor fix in nfp
driver, from Dirk van der Merwe.
9) Fix memory leak in rsi driver, from Colin Ian King.
10) Fix expiration and generation ID handling of cached ipv4 redirect
routes, from Xin Long.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (40 commits)
net: usb: hso.c: remove unneeded DRIVER_LICENSE #define
ibmvnic: fix dma_mapping_error call
ipvlan: NULL pointer dereference panic in ipvlan_port_destroy
route: also update fnhe_genid when updating a route cache
route: update fnhe_expires for redirect when the fnhe exists
sctp: set frag_point in sctp_setsockopt_maxseg correctly
rsi: fix memory leak on buf and usb_reg_buf
net/netlabel: Add list_next_rcu() in rcu_dereference().
nfp: remove false positive offloads in flower vxlan
nfp: register flower reprs for egress dev offload
nfp: inherit the max_mtu from the PF netdev
nfp: fix vlan receive MAC statistics typo
nfp: fix flower offload metadata flag usage
virto_net: remove empty file 'virtio_net.'
net/sctp: Always set scope_id in sctp_inet6_skb_msgname
fealnx: Fix building error on MIPS
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_teles3
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_sedlbauer_isapnp
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_niccy
isdn: hisax: Fix pnp_irq's error checking for setup_ix1micro
...
Now in sctp_setsockopt_maxseg user_frag or frag_point can be set with
val >= 8 and val <= SCTP_MAX_CHUNK_LEN. But both checks are incorrect.
val >= 8 means frag_point can even be less than SCTP_DEFAULT_MINSEGMENT.
Then in sctp_datamsg_from_user(), when it's value is greater than cookie
echo len and trying to bundle with cookie echo chunk, the first_len will
overflow.
The worse case is when it's value is equal as cookie echo len, first_len
becomes 0, it will go into a dead loop for fragment later on. In Hangbin
syzkaller testing env, oom was even triggered due to consecutive memory
allocation in that loop.
Besides, SCTP_MAX_CHUNK_LEN is the max size of the whole chunk, it should
deduct the data header for frag_point or user_frag check.
This patch does a proper check with SCTP_DEFAULT_MINSEGMENT subtracting
the sctphdr and datahdr, SCTP_MAX_CHUNK_LEN subtracting datahdr when
setting frag_point via sockopt. It also improves sctp_setsockopt_maxseg
codes.
Suggested-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge updates from Andrew Morton:
- a few misc bits
- ocfs2 updates
- almost all of MM
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (131 commits)
memory hotplug: fix comments when adding section
mm: make alloc_node_mem_map a void call if we don't have CONFIG_FLAT_NODE_MEM_MAP
mm: simplify nodemask printing
mm,oom_reaper: remove pointless kthread_run() error check
mm/page_ext.c: check if page_ext is not prepared
writeback: remove unused function parameter
mm: do not rely on preempt_count in print_vma_addr
mm, sparse: do not swamp log with huge vmemmap allocation failures
mm/hmm: remove redundant variable align_end
mm/list_lru.c: mark expected switch fall-through
mm/shmem.c: mark expected switch fall-through
mm/page_alloc.c: broken deferred calculation
mm: don't warn about allocations which stall for too long
fs: fuse: account fuse_inode slab memory as reclaimable
mm, page_alloc: fix potential false positive in __zone_watermark_ok
mm: mlock: remove lru_add_drain_all()
mm, sysctl: make NUMA stats configurable
shmem: convert shmem_init_inodecache() to void
Unify migrate_pages and move_pages access checks
mm, pagevec: rename pagevec drained field
...
Patch series "kmemcheck: kill kmemcheck", v2.
As discussed at LSF/MM, kill kmemcheck.
KASan is a replacement that is able to work without the limitation of
kmemcheck (single CPU, slow). KASan is already upstream.
We are also not aware of any users of kmemcheck (or users who don't
consider KASan as a suitable replacement).
The only objection was that since KASAN wasn't supported by all GCC
versions provided by distros at that time we should hold off for 2
years, and try again.
Now that 2 years have passed, and all distros provide gcc that supports
KASAN, kill kmemcheck again for the very same reasons.
This patch (of 4):
Remove kmemcheck annotations, and calls to kmemcheck from the kernel.
[alexander.levin@verizon.com: correctly remove kmemcheck call from dma_map_sg_attrs]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20171012192151.26531-1-alexander.levin@verizon.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20171007030159.22241-2-alexander.levin@verizon.com
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <alexander.levin@verizon.com>
Cc: Alexander Potapenko <glider@google.com>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@kernel.org>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Tim Hansen <devtimhansen@gmail.com>
Cc: Vegard Nossum <vegardno@ifi.uio.no>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add sparse-checked slab_flags_t for struct kmem_cache::flags (SLAB_POISON,
etc).
SLAB is bloated temporarily by switching to "unsigned long", but only
temporarily.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20171021100225.GA22428@avx2
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
According to the description, first argument of genlmsg_nlhdr() points to
what genlmsg_put() returns, i.e. beginning of user header. Therefore we
should only subtract size of genetlink header and netlink message header,
not user header.
This also means we don't need to pass the pointer to genetlink family and
the same is true for genl_dump_check_consistent() which is the only caller
of genlmsg_nlhdr(). (Note that at the moment, these functions are only
used for families which do not have user header so that they are not
affected.)
Fixes: 670dc2833d ("netlink: advertise incomplete dumps")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Summary of modules changes for the 4.15 merge window:
- Treewide module_param_call() cleanup, fix up set/get function
prototype mismatches, from Kees Cook
- Minor code cleanups
Signed-off-by: Jessica Yu <jeyu@kernel.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=c8vb
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'modules-for-v4.15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jeyu/linux
Pull module updates from Jessica Yu:
"Summary of modules changes for the 4.15 merge window:
- treewide module_param_call() cleanup, fix up set/get function
prototype mismatches, from Kees Cook
- minor code cleanups"
* tag 'modules-for-v4.15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jeyu/linux:
module: Do not paper over type mismatches in module_param_call()
treewide: Fix function prototypes for module_param_call()
module: Prepare to convert all module_param_call() prototypes
kernel/module: Delete an error message for a failed memory allocation in add_module_usage()
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Maintain the TCP retransmit queue using an rbtree, with 1GB
windows at 100Gb this really has become necessary. From Eric
Dumazet.
2) Multi-program support for cgroup+bpf, from Alexei Starovoitov.
3) Perform broadcast flooding in hardware in mv88e6xxx, from Andrew
Lunn.
4) Add meter action support to openvswitch, from Andy Zhou.
5) Add a data meta pointer for BPF accessible packets, from Daniel
Borkmann.
6) Namespace-ify almost all TCP sysctl knobs, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Turn on Broadcom Tags in b53 driver, from Florian Fainelli.
8) More work to move the RTNL mutex down, from Florian Westphal.
9) Add 'bpftool' utility, to help with bpf program introspection.
From Jakub Kicinski.
10) Add new 'cpumap' type for XDP_REDIRECT action, from Jesper
Dangaard Brouer.
11) Support 'blocks' of transformations in the packet scheduler which
can span multiple network devices, from Jiri Pirko.
12) TC flower offload support in cxgb4, from Kumar Sanghvi.
13) Priority based stream scheduler for SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo
Leitner.
14) Thunderbolt networking driver, from Amir Levy and Mika Westerberg.
15) Add RED qdisc offloadability, and use it in mlxsw driver. From
Nogah Frankel.
16) eBPF based device controller for cgroup v2, from Roman Gushchin.
17) Add some fundamental tracepoints for TCP, from Song Liu.
18) Remove garbage collection from ipv6 route layer, this is a
significant accomplishment. From Wei Wang.
19) Add multicast route offload support to mlxsw, from Yotam Gigi"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (2177 commits)
tcp: highest_sack fix
geneve: fix fill_info when link down
bpf: fix lockdep splat
net: cdc_ncm: GetNtbFormat endian fix
openvswitch: meter: fix NULL pointer dereference in ovs_meter_cmd_reply_start
netem: remove unnecessary 64 bit modulus
netem: use 64 bit divide by rate
tcp: Namespace-ify sysctl_tcp_default_congestion_control
net: Protect iterations over net::fib_notifier_ops in fib_seq_sum()
ipv6: set all.accept_dad to 0 by default
uapi: fix linux/tls.h userspace compilation error
usbnet: ipheth: prevent TX queue timeouts when device not ready
vhost_net: conditionally enable tx polling
uapi: fix linux/rxrpc.h userspace compilation errors
net: stmmac: fix LPI transitioning for dwmac4
atm: horizon: Fix irq release error
net-sysfs: trigger netlink notification on ifalias change via sysfs
openvswitch: Using kfree_rcu() to simplify the code
openvswitch: Make local function ovs_nsh_key_attr_size() static
openvswitch: Fix return value check in ovs_meter_cmd_features()
...
Make default TCP default congestion control to a per namespace
value. This changes default congestion control to a pointer to congestion ops
(rather than implicit as first element of available lsit).
The congestion control setting of new namespaces is inherited
from the current setting of the root namespace.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move inclusion of a private kernel header <net/tcp.h>
from uapi/linux/tls.h to its only user - net/tls.h,
to fix the following linux/tls.h userspace compilation error:
/usr/include/linux/tls.h:41:21: fatal error: net/tcp.h: No such file or directory
As to this point uapi/linux/tls.h was totaly unusuable for userspace,
cleanup this header file further by moving other redundant includes
to net/tls.h.
Fixes: 3c4d755915 ("tls: kernel TLS support")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v4.13+
Signed-off-by: Dmitry V. Levin <ldv@altlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
move tls_make_aad as it is going to be reused
by the device offload code and rx path.
Remove unused recv parameter.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously the TLS ulp context would leak if we attached a TLS ulp
to a socket but did not use the TLS_TX setsockopt,
or did use it but it failed.
This patch solves the issue by overriding prot[TLS_BASE_TX].close
and fixing tls_sk_proto_close to work properly
when its called with ctx->tx_conf == TLS_BASE_TX.
This patch also removes ctx->free_resources as we can use ctx->tx_conf
to obtain the relevant information.
Fixes: 3c4d755915 ('tls: kernel TLS support')
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tx configuration is now stored in ctx->tx_conf.
And sk->sk_prot is updated trough a function
This will simplify things when we add rx
and support for different possible
tx and rx cross configurations.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I had many reports that TSQ logic breaks wifi aggregation.
Current logic is to allow up to 1 ms of bytes to be queued into qdisc
and drivers queues.
But Wifi aggregation needs a bigger budget to allow bigger rates to
be discovered by various TCP Congestion Controls algorithms.
This patch adds an extra socket field, allowing wifi drivers to select
another log scale to derive TCP Small Queue credit from current pacing
rate.
Initial value is 10, meaning that this patch does not change current
behavior.
We expect wifi drivers to set this field to smaller values (tests have
been done with values from 6 to 9)
They would have to use following template :
if (skb->sk && skb->sk->sk_pacing_shift != MY_PACING_SHIFT)
skb->sk->sk_pacing_shift = MY_PACING_SHIFT;
Ref: https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/linux/+bug/1670041
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Cc: Kir Kolyshkin <kir@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull core locking updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes in this cycle are:
- Another attempt at enabling cross-release lockdep dependency
tracking (automatically part of CONFIG_PROVE_LOCKING=y), this time
with better performance and fewer false positives. (Byungchul Park)
- Introduce lockdep_assert_irqs_enabled()/disabled() and convert
open-coded equivalents to lockdep variants. (Frederic Weisbecker)
- Add down_read_killable() and use it in the VFS's iterate_dir()
method. (Kirill Tkhai)
- Convert remaining uses of ACCESS_ONCE() to
READ_ONCE()/WRITE_ONCE(). Most of the conversion was Coccinelle
driven. (Mark Rutland, Paul E. McKenney)
- Get rid of lockless_dereference(), by strengthening Alpha atomics,
strengthening READ_ONCE() with smp_read_barrier_depends() and thus
being able to convert users of lockless_dereference() to
READ_ONCE(). (Will Deacon)
- Various micro-optimizations:
- better PV qspinlocks (Waiman Long),
- better x86 barriers (Michael S. Tsirkin)
- better x86 refcounts (Kees Cook)
- ... plus other fixes and enhancements. (Borislav Petkov, Juergen
Gross, Miguel Bernal Marin)"
* 'locking-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (70 commits)
locking/x86: Use LOCK ADD for smp_mb() instead of MFENCE
rcu: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
netpoll: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
timers/posix-cpu-timers: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
sched/clock, sched/cputime: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
irq_work: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
irq/timings: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
perf/core: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
x86: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
smp/core: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
timers/hrtimer: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
timers/nohz: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
workqueue: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
irq/softirqs: Use lockdep to assert IRQs are disabled/enabled
locking/lockdep: Add IRQs disabled/enabled assertion APIs: lockdep_assert_irqs_enabled()/disabled()
locking/pvqspinlock: Implement hybrid PV queued/unfair locks
locking/rwlocks: Fix comments
x86/paravirt: Set up the virt_spin_lock_key after static keys get initialized
block, locking/lockdep: Assign a lock_class per gendisk used for wait_for_completion()
workqueue: Remove now redundant lock acquisitions wrt. workqueue flushes
...
Add a new type: DSA_TAG_PROTO_PREPEND which allows us to support for the
4-bytes Broadcom tag that we already support, but in a format where it
is pre-pended to the packet instead of located between the MAC SA and
the Ethertyper (DSA_TAG_PROTO_BRCM).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A number of drivers want to check whether the configured CPU port is a
possible configuration for enabling tagging, pass down the CPU port
number so they verify that.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip6_frag_id was only used by UFO, which has been removed.
ipv6_proxy_select_ident() only existed to set ip6_frag_id and has no
in-tree callers.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FACK loss detection has been disabled by default and the
successor RACK subsumed FACK and can handle reordering better.
This patch removes FACK to simplify TCP loss recovery.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the TIPC RPS dissector is based only on the incoming packets'
source node address, hence steering all traffic from a node to the same
core. We have seen that this makes the links vulnerable to starvation
and unnecessary resets when we turn down the link tolerance to very low
values.
To reduce the risk of this happening, we exempt probe and probe replies
packets from the convergence to one core per source node. Instead, we do
the opposite, - we try to diverge those packets across as many cores as
possible, by randomizing the flow selector key.
To make such packets identifiable to the dissector, we add a new
'is_keepalive' bit to word 0 of the LINK_PROTOCOL header. This bit is
set both for PROBE and PROBE_REPLY messages, and only for those.
It should be noted that these packets are not part of any flow anyway,
and only constitute a minuscule fraction of all packets sent across a
link. Hence, there is no risk that this will affect overall performance.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using a spinlock in the VLAN action causes performance issues when the VLAN
action is used on multiple cores. Rewrote the VLAN action to use RCU read
locking for reads and updates instead.
All functions now use an RCU dereferenced pointer to access the VLAN action
context. Modified helper functions used by other modules, to use the RCU as
opposed to directly accessing the structure.
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Kurup <manish.kurup@verizon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Note that when a new netns is created, it inherits its
sysctl_tcp_rmem and sysctl_tcp_wmem from initial netns.
This change is needed so that we can refine TCP rcvbuf autotuning,
to take RTT into consideration.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we want to gradually implement per netns sysctl_rmem and sysctl_wmem
on per protocol basis, add two new fields in struct proto,
and two new helpers : sk_get_wmem0() and sk_get_rmem0()
First user will be TCP. Then UDP and SCTP can be easily converted,
while DECNET probably wont get this support.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the host joins or leaves a multicast group, use switchdev to add
an object to the hardware to forward traffic for the group to the
host.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simple cases of overlapping changes in the packet scheduler.
Must easier to resolve this time.
Which probably means that I screwed it up somehow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of holding netns refcnt in tc actions, we can minimize
the holding time by saving it in struct tcf_exts instead. This
means we can just hold netns refcnt right before call_rcu() and
release it after tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
However, because on netns cleanup path we call tcf_proto_destroy()
too, obviously we can not hold netns for a zero refcnt, in this
case we have to do cleanup synchronously. It is fine for RCU too,
the caller cleanup_net() already waits for a grace period.
For other cases, refcnt is non-zero and we can safely grab it as
normal and release it after we are done.
This patch provides two new API for each filter to use:
tcf_exts_get_net() and tcf_exts_put_net(). And all filters now can
use the following pattern:
void __destroy_filter() {
tcf_exts_destroy();
tcf_exts_put_net(); // <== release netns refcnt
kfree();
}
void some_work() {
rtnl_lock();
__destroy_filter();
rtnl_unlock();
}
void some_rcu_callback() {
tcf_queue_work(some_work);
}
if (tcf_exts_get_net()) // <== hold netns refcnt
call_rcu(some_rcu_callback);
else
__destroy_filter();
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit ceffcc5e25.
If we hold that refcnt, the netns can never be destroyed until
all actions are destroyed by user, this breaks our netns design
which we expect all actions are destroyed when we destroy the
whole netns.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit provides better scope for the DSA tree setup and teardown
functions. It renames the "applied" bool to "setup" and print a message
when the tree is setup, as it is done during teardown.
At the same time, check dst->setup in dsa_tree_setup, where it is set to
true.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A DSA port has a dedicated CPU port assigned to it, stored in the cpu_dp
member. It is not meant to be modified by a port, thus make it const.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
v16->17
- Fixed disputed check code: keep them in nsh_push and nsh_pop
but also add them in __ovs_nla_copy_actions
v15->v16
- Add csum recalculation for nsh_push, nsh_pop and set_nsh
pointed out by Pravin
- Move nsh key into the union with ipv4 and ipv6 and add
check for nsh key in match_validate pointed out by Pravin
- Add nsh check in validate_set and __ovs_nla_copy_actions
v14->v15
- Check size in nsh_hdr_from_nlattr
- Fixed four small issues pointed out By Jiri and Eric
v13->v14
- Rename skb_push_nsh to nsh_push per Dave's comment
- Rename skb_pop_nsh to nsh_pop per Dave's comment
v12->v13
- Fix NSH header length check in set_nsh
v11->v12
- Fix missing changes old comments pointed out
- Fix new comments for v11
v10->v11
- Fix the left three disputable comments for v9
but not fixed in v10.
v9->v10
- Change struct ovs_key_nsh to
struct ovs_nsh_key_base base;
__be32 context[NSH_MD1_CONTEXT_SIZE];
- Fix new comments for v9
v8->v9
- Fix build error reported by daily intel build
because nsh module isn't selected by openvswitch
v7->v8
- Rework nested value and mask for OVS_KEY_ATTR_NSH
- Change pop_nsh to adapt to nsh kernel module
- Fix many issues per comments from Jiri Benc
v6->v7
- Remove NSH GSO patches in v6 because Jiri Benc
reworked it as another patch series and they have
been merged.
- Change it to adapt to nsh kernel module added by NSH
GSO patch series
v5->v6
- Fix the rest comments for v4.
- Add NSH GSO support for VxLAN-gpe + NSH and
Eth + NSH.
v4->v5
- Fix many comments by Jiri Benc and Eric Garver
for v4.
v3->v4
- Add new NSH match field ttl
- Update NSH header to the latest format
which will be final format and won't change
per its author's confirmation.
- Fix comments for v3.
v2->v3
- Change OVS_KEY_ATTR_NSH to nested key to handle
length-fixed attributes and length-variable
attriubte more flexibly.
- Remove struct ovs_action_push_nsh completely
- Add code to handle nested attribute for SET_MASKED
- Change PUSH_NSH to use the nested OVS_KEY_ATTR_NSH
to transfer NSH header data.
- Fix comments and coding style issues by Jiri and Eric
v1->v2
- Change encap_nsh and decap_nsh to push_nsh and pop_nsh
- Dynamically allocate struct ovs_action_push_nsh for
length-variable metadata.
OVS master and 2.8 branch has merged NSH userspace
patch series, this patch is to enable NSH support
in kernel data path in order that OVS can support
NSH in compat mode by porting this.
Signed-off-by: Yi Yang <yi.y.yang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Garver <e@erig.me>
Acked-by: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next
tree, they are:
1) Speed up table replacement on busy systems with large tables
(and many cores) in x_tables. Now xt_replace_table() synchronizes by
itself by waiting until all cpus had an even seqcount and we use no
use seqlock when fetching old counters, from Florian Westphal.
2) Add nf_l4proto_log_invalid() and nf_ct_l4proto_log_invalid() to speed
up packet processing in the fast path when logging is not enabled, from
Florian Westphal.
3) Precompute masked address from configuration plane in xt_connlimit,
from Florian.
4) Don't use explicit size for set selection if performance set policy
is selected.
5) Allow to get elements from an existing set in nf_tables.
6) Fix incorrect check in nft_hash_deactivate(), from Florian.
7) Cache netlink attribute size result in l4proto->nla_size, from
Florian.
8) Handle NFPROTO_INET in nf_ct_netns_get() from conntrack core.
9) Use power efficient workqueue in conntrack garbage collector, from
Vincent Guittot.
10) Remove unnecessary parameter, in conntrack l4proto functions, also
from Florian.
11) Constify struct nf_conntrack_l3proto definitions, from Florian.
12) Remove all typedefs in nf_conntrack_h323 via coccinelle semantic
patch, from Harsha Sharma.
13) Don't store address in the rbtree nodes in xt_connlimit, they are
never used, from Florian.
14) Fix out of bound access in the conntrack h323 helper, patch from
Eric Sesterhenn.
15) Print symbols for the address returned with %pS in IPVS, from
Helge Deller.
16) Proc output should only display its own netns in IPVS, from
KUWAZAWA Takuya.
17) Small clean up in size_entry_mwt(), from Colin Ian King.
18) Use test_and_clear_bit from nf_nat_proto_clean() instead of separated
non-atomic test and then clear bit, from Florian Westphal.
19) Consolidate prefix length maps in ipset, from Aaron Conole.
20) Fix sparse warnings in ipset, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
21) Simplify list_set_memsize(), from simran singhal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to offload RED qdisc by using ndo_setup_tc.
There are four commands for RED offloading:
* TC_RED_SET: handles set and change.
* TC_RED_DESTROY: handle qdisc destroy.
* TC_RED_STATS: update the qdiscs counters (given as reference)
* TC_RED_XSTAT: returns red xstats.
Whether RED is being offloaded is being determined every time dump action
is being called because parent change of this qdisc could change its
offload state but doesn't require any RED function to be called.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new get operation to look up for specific elements in
a set via netlink interface. You can also use it to check if an interval
already exists.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We currently call ->nlattr_tuple_size() once at register time and
cache result in l4proto->nla_size.
nla_size is the only member that is written to, avoiding this would
allow to make l4proto trackers const.
We can use ->nlattr_tuple_size() at run time, and cache result in
the individual trackers instead.
This is an intermediate step, next patch removes nlattr_size()
callback and computes size at compile time, then removes nla_size.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently TCP RACK loss detection does not work well if packets are
being reordered beyond its static reordering window (min_rtt/4).Under
such reordering it may falsely trigger loss recoveries and reduce TCP
throughput significantly.
This patch improves that by increasing and reducing the reordering
window based on DSACK, which is now supported in major TCP implementations.
It makes RACK's reo_wnd adaptive based on DSACK and no. of recoveries.
- If DSACK is received, increment reo_wnd by min_rtt/4 (upper bounded
by srtt), since there is possibility that spurious retransmission was
due to reordering delay longer than reo_wnd.
- Persist the current reo_wnd value for TCP_RACK_RECOVERY_THRESH (16)
no. of successful recoveries (accounts for full DSACK-based loss
recovery undo). After that, reset it to default (min_rtt/4).
- At max, reo_wnd is incremented only once per rtt. So that the new
DSACK on which we are reacting, is due to the spurious retx (approx)
after the reo_wnd has been updated last time.
- reo_wnd is tracked in terms of steps (of min_rtt/4), rather than
absolute value to account for change in rtt.
In our internal testing, we observed significant increase in throughput,
in scenarios where reordering exceeds min_rtt/4 (previous static value).
Signed-off-by: Priyaranjan Jha <priyarjha@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to a DSA switch and port, rename the tree index from "tree" to
"index" and make it an unsigned int because it isn't supposed to be less
than 0.
u32 is an OF specific data used to retrieve the value and has no need to
be propagated up to the tree index.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define the DSA switch index as an unsigned int, because it will never be
less than 0.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IN6_ADDR_HSIZE is private to addrconf.c, move it here to avoid
confusion.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Files removed in 'net-next' had their license header updated
in 'net'. We take the remove from 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Hopefully this is the last batch of networking fixes for 4.14
Fingers crossed...
1) Fix stmmac to use the proper sized OF property read, from Bhadram
Varka.
2) Fix use after free in net scheduler tc action code, from Cong
Wang.
3) Fix SKB control block mangling in tcp_make_synack().
4) Use proper locking in fib_dump_info(), from Florian Westphal.
5) Fix IPG encodings in systemport driver, from Florian Fainelli.
6) Fix division by zero in NV TCP congestion control module, from
Konstantin Khlebnikov.
7) Fix use after free in nf_reject_ipv4, from Tejaswi Tanikella"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
net: systemport: Correct IPG length settings
tcp: do not mangle skb->cb[] in tcp_make_synack()
fib: fib_dump_info can no longer use __in_dev_get_rtnl
stmmac: use of_property_read_u32 instead of read_u8
net_sched: hold netns refcnt for each action
net_sched: acquire RTNL in tc_action_net_exit()
net: vrf: correct FRA_L3MDEV encode type
tcp_nv: fix division by zero in tcpnv_acked()
netfilter: nf_reject_ipv4: Fix use-after-free in send_reset
netfilter: nft_set_hash: disable fast_ops for 2-len keys
In sch_handle_egress and sch_handle_ingress tp->q is used only in order
to update stats. So stats and filter list are the only things that are
needed in clsact qdisc fastpath processing. Introduce new mini_Qdisc
struct to hold those items. Also, introduce a helper to swap the
mini_Qdisc structures in case filter list head changes.
This removes need for tp->q usage without added overhead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a callback that is to be called whenever head of the chain changes.
Also provide a callback for the default case when the caller gets a
block using non-extended getter.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devices performing IPv4 forwarding need to update their multipath hash
policy whenever it is changed.
Inform these devices by generating a netevent.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC actions have been destroyed asynchronously for a long time,
previously in a RCU callback and now in a workqueue. If we
don't hold a refcnt for its netns, we could use the per netns
data structure, struct tcf_idrinfo, after it has been freed by
netns workqueue.
Hold refcnt to ensure netns destroy happens after all actions
are gone.
Fixes: ddf97ccdd7 ("net_sched: add network namespace support for tc actions")
Reported-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Tested-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I forgot to acquire RTNL in tc_action_net_exit()
which leads that action ops->cleanup() is not always
called with RTNL. This usually is not a big deal because
this function is called after all netns refcnt are gone,
but given RTNL protects more than just actions, add it
for safety and consistency.
Also add an assertion to catch other potential bugs.
Fixes: ddf97ccdd7 ("net_sched: add network namespace support for tc actions")
Reported-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Tested-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 8200 (IPv6) defines Hop-by-Hop options and Destination options
extension headers. Both of these carry a list of TLVs which is
only limited by the maximum length of the extension header (2048
bytes). By the spec a host must process all the TLVs in these
options, however these could be used as a fairly obvious
denial of service attack. I think this could in fact be
a significant DOS vector on the Internet, one mitigating
factor might be that many FWs drop all packets with EH (and
obviously this is only IPv6) so an Internet wide attack might not
be so effective (yet!).
By my calculation, the worse case packet with TLVs in a standard
1500 byte MTU packet that would be processed by the stack contains
1282 invidual TLVs (including pad TLVS) or 724 two byte TLVs. I
wrote a quick test program that floods a whole bunch of these
packets to a host and sure enough there is substantial time spent
in ip6_parse_tlv. These packets contain nothing but unknown TLVS
(that are ignored), TLV padding, and bogus UDP header with zero
payload length.
25.38% [kernel] [k] __fib6_clean_all
21.63% [kernel] [k] ip6_parse_tlv
4.21% [kernel] [k] __local_bh_enable_ip
2.18% [kernel] [k] ip6_pol_route.isra.39
1.98% [kernel] [k] fib6_walk_continue
1.88% [kernel] [k] _raw_write_lock_bh
1.65% [kernel] [k] dst_release
This patch adds configurable limits to Destination and Hop-by-Hop
options. There are three limits that may be set:
- Limit the number of options in a Hop-by-Hop or Destination options
extension header.
- Limit the byte length of a Hop-by-Hop or Destination options
extension header.
- Disallow unrecognized options in a Hop-by-Hop or Destination
options extension header.
The limits are set in corresponding sysctls:
ipv6.sysctl.max_dst_opts_cnt
ipv6.sysctl.max_hbh_opts_cnt
ipv6.sysctl.max_dst_opts_len
ipv6.sysctl.max_hbh_opts_len
If a max_*_opts_cnt is less than zero then unknown TLVs are disallowed.
The number of known TLVs that are allowed is the absolute value of
this number.
If a limit is exceeded when processing an extension header the packet is
dropped.
Default values are set to 8 for options counts, and set to INT_MAX
for maximum length. Note the choice to limit options to 8 is an
arbitrary guess (roughly based on the fact that the stack supports
three HBH options and just one destination option).
These limits have being proposed in draft-ietf-6man-rfc6434-bis.
Tested (by Martin Lau)
I tested out 1 thread (i.e. one raw_udp process).
I changed the net.ipv6.max_dst_(opts|hbh)_number between 8 to 2048.
With sysctls setting to 2048, the softirq% is packed to 100%.
With 8, the softirq% is almost unnoticable from mpstat.
v2;
- Code and documention cleanup.
- Change references of RFC2460 to be RFC8200.
- Add reference to RFC6434-bis where the limits will be in standard.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWfswbQ8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykvEwCfXU1MuYFQGgMdDmAZXEc+xFXZvqgAoKEcHDNA
6dVh26uchcEQLN/XqUDt
=x306
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull initial SPDX identifiers from Greg KH:
"License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the
'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally
binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate
text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart
and Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset
of the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to
license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied
to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of
the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver)
producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.
Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review
of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537
files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the
scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license
identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any
determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with
the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained
>5 lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that
was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that
became the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected
a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply
(and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases,
confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.
The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in
part, so they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot
checks in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect
the correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial
patch version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch
license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the
applied SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
* tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core:
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with a license
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with no license
License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Since tc_can_offload is always called from block callback or egdev
callback, no need to check if ndo_setup_tc exists.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Smooth Cong Wang's bug fix into 'net-next'. Basically put
the bulk of the tcf_block_put() logic from 'net' into
tcf_block_put_ext(), but after the offload unbind.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2017-11-01
Here's one more bluetooth-next pull request for the 4.15 kernel.
- New NFA344A device entry for btusb drvier
- Fix race conditions in hci_ldisc
- Fix for isochronous interface assignments in btusb driver
- A few other smaller fixes & improvements
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on SNMP values provided by Roman, Yuchung made the observation
that some crashes in tcp_sacktag_walk() might be caused by MTU probing.
Looking at tcp_mtu_probe(), I found that when a new skb was placed
in front of the write queue, we were not updating tcp highest sack.
If one skb is freed because all its content was copied to the new skb
(for MTU probing), then tp->highest_sack could point to a now freed skb.
Bad things would then happen, including infinite loops.
This patch renames tcp_highest_sack_combine() and uses it
from tcp_mtu_probe() to fix the bug.
Note that I also removed one test against tp->sacked_out,
since we want to replace tp->highest_sack regardless of whatever
condition, since keeping a stale pointer to freed skb is a recipe
for disaster.
Fixes: a47e5a988a ("[TCP]: Convert highest_sack to sk_buff to allow direct access")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Roman Gushchin <guro@fb.com>
Reported-by: Oleksandr Natalenko <oleksandr@natalenko.name>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the error messages displayed in kernel log to include
hwaddress of the source machine that caused ipv6 duplicate address
detection failures.
Examples:
a) When we receive a NA packet from another machine advertising our
address:
ICMPv6: NA: 34🆎cd:56:11:e8 advertised our address 2001:db8:: on eth0!
b) When we detect DAD failure during address assignment to an interface:
IPv6: eth0: IPv6 duplicate address 2001:db8:: used by 34🆎cd:56:11:e8
detected!
v2:
Changed %pI6 to %pI6c in ndisc_recv_na()
Chaged the v6 address in the commit message to 2001:db8::
Suggested-by: Igor Lubashev <ilubashe@akamai.com>
Signed-off-by: Vishwanath Pai <vpai@akamai.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-10-30
1) Change some variables that can't be negative
from int to unsigned int. From Alexey Dobriyan.
2) Remove a redundant header initialization in esp6.
From Colin Ian King.
3) Some BUG to BUG_ON conversions.
From Gustavo A. R. Silva.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack to fib_notifier_info and plumb through stack to
call_fib_rule_notifiers, call_fib_entry_notifiers and
call_fib6_entry_notifiers. This allows notifer handlers to
return messages to user.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch offloads the classid to hardware and uses the classid
reserved in the range :ffe0 - :ffef to identify hardware traffic
classes reported via dev->num_tc.
tcf_result structure contains the class ID of the class to which
the packet belongs and is offloaded to hardware via flower filter.
A new helper function is introduced to represent HW traffic
classes 0 through 15 using the reserved classid values :ffe0 - :ffef.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several function prototypes for the set/get functions defined by
module_param_call() have a slightly wrong argument types. This fixes
those in an effort to clean up the calls when running under type-enforced
compiler instrumentation for CFI. This is the result of running the
following semantic patch:
@match_module_param_call_function@
declarer name module_param_call;
identifier _name, _set_func, _get_func;
expression _arg, _mode;
@@
module_param_call(_name, _set_func, _get_func, _arg, _mode);
@fix_set_prototype
depends on match_module_param_call_function@
identifier match_module_param_call_function._set_func;
identifier _val, _param;
type _val_type, _param_type;
@@
int _set_func(
-_val_type _val
+const char * _val
,
-_param_type _param
+const struct kernel_param * _param
) { ... }
@fix_get_prototype
depends on match_module_param_call_function@
identifier match_module_param_call_function._get_func;
identifier _val, _param;
type _val_type, _param_type;
@@
int _get_func(
-_val_type _val
+char * _val
,
-_param_type _param
+const struct kernel_param * _param
) { ... }
Two additional by-hand changes are included for places where the above
Coccinelle script didn't notice them:
drivers/platform/x86/thinkpad_acpi.c
fs/lockd/svc.c
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jessica Yu <jeyu@kernel.org>
Several conflicts here.
NFP driver bug fix adding nfp_netdev_is_nfp_repr() check to
nfp_fl_output() needed some adjustments because the code block is in
an else block now.
Parallel additions to net/pkt_cls.h and net/sch_generic.h
A bug fix in __tcp_retransmit_skb() conflicted with some of
the rbtree changes in net-next.
The tc action RCU callback fixes in 'net' had some overlap with some
of the recent tcf_block reworking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of using BT_ERR and BT_INFO, convert to bt_dev_err and
bt_dev_info when possible. This allows for controller specific
reporting.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch introduces a dedicated workqueue for tc filters
so that each tc filter's RCU callback could defer their
action destroy work to this workqueue. The helper
tcf_queue_work() is introduced for them to use.
Because we hold RTNL lock when calling tcf_block_put(), we
can not simply flush works inside it, therefore we have to
defer it again to this workqueue and make sure all flying RCU
callbacks have already queued their work before this one, in
other words, to ensure this is the last one to execute to
prevent any use-after-free.
On the other hand, this makes tcf_block_put() ugly and
harder to understand. Since David and Eric strongly dislike
adding synchronize_rcu(), this is probably the only
solution that could make everyone happy.
Please also see the code comments below.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch increases the connection timeout for LE connections that are
triggered by the advertising report to 4 seconds.
It has been observed that devices equipped with wifi+bt combo SoC fail
to create a connection with BLE devices due to their coexistence issues.
Increasing this timeout gives them enough time to complete the
connection with success.
Signed-off-by: Konrad Zapałowicz <konrad.zapalowicz@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These warnings were found by running 'make C=2 M=net/sctp/'.
They are introduced by not aware of Endian when coding stream
reconf patches.
Since commit c0d8bab6ae ("sctp: add get and set sockopt for
reconf_enable") enabled stream reconf feature for users, the
Fixes tag below would use it.
Fixes: c0d8bab6ae ("sctp: add get and set sockopt for reconf_enable")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-27
This patchset is a proposal of how the Traffic Control subsystem can
be used to offload the configuration of the Credit Based Shaper
(defined in the IEEE 802.1Q-2014 Section 8.6.8.2) into supported
network devices.
As part of this work, we've assessed previous public discussions
related to TSN enabling: patches from Henrik Austad (Cisco), the
presentation from Eric Mann at Linux Plumbers 2012, patches from
Gangfeng Huang (National Instruments) and the current state of the
OpenAVNU project (https://github.com/AVnu/OpenAvnu/).
Overview
========
Time-sensitive Networking (TSN) is a set of standards that aim to
address resources availability for providing bandwidth reservation and
bounded latency on Ethernet based LANs. The proposal described here
aims to cover mainly what is needed to enable the following standards:
802.1Qat and 802.1Qav.
The initial target of this work is the Intel i210 NIC, but other
controllers' datasheet were also taken into account, like the Renesas
RZ/A1H RZ/A1M group and the Synopsis DesignWare Ethernet QoS
controller.
Proposal
========
Feature-wise, what is covered here is the configuration interfaces for
HW implementations of the Credit-Based shaper (CBS, 802.1Qav). CBS is
a per-queue shaper. Given that this feature is related to traffic
shaping, and that the traffic control subsystem already provides a
queueing discipline that offloads config into the device driver (i.e.
mqprio), designing a new qdisc for the specific purpose of offloading
the config for the CBS shaper seemed like a good fit.
For steering traffic into the correct queues, we use the socket option
SO_PRIORITY and then a mechanism to map priority to traffic classes /
Tx queues. The qdisc mqprio is currently used in our tests.
As for the CBS config interface, this patchset is proposing a new
qdisc called 'cbs'. Its 'tc' cmd line is:
$ tc qdisc add dev IFACE parent ID cbs locredit N hicredit M sendslope S \
idleslope I
Note that the parameters for this qdisc are the ones defined by the
802.1Q-2014 spec, so no hardware specific functionality is exposed here.
Per-stream shaping, as defined by IEEE 802.1Q-2014 Section 34.6.1, is
not yet covered by this proposal.
v2: Merged patch 6 of the original series into patch 4 based on feedback
from David Miller.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SK_SKB program types use bpf_compute_data to store the end of the
packet data. However, bpf_compute_data assumes the cb is stored in the
qdisc layer format. But, for SK_SKB this is the wrong layer of the
stack for this type.
It happens to work (sort of!) because in most cases nothing happens
to be overwritten today. This is very fragile and error prone.
Fortunately, we have another hole in tcp_skb_cb we can use so lets
put the data_end value there.
Note, SK_SKB program types do not use data_meta, they are failed by
sk_skb_is_valid_access().
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
two extra #include are not necessary in tcp.h
Remove them.
Fixes: 40304b2a15 ("bpf: BPF support for sock_ops")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also remove an obsolete comment about TCP pacing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for offloading the CBS algorithm to the controller,
if supported. Drivers wanting to support CBS offload must implement
the .ndo_setup_tc callback and handle the TC_SETUP_CBS (introduced
here) type.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that DSA core provides port types, there is no need to keep this
information at the switch level. This is a static information that is
part of a DSA core dsa_port structure. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that DSA exposes an enumerated type for the ports, we can use them
directly instead of checking bitmaps, which is more consistent.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce an enumerated type for ports, which will be way more explicit
to identify a port type instead of digging into switch port masks.
A port can be of type CPU, DSA, user, or unused by default. This is a
static parsed information that cannot be changed at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a dsa_user_ports() helper to return the ds->enabled_port_mask
mask which is more explicit. This will also minimize diffs when touching
this internal mask.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch renames dsa_is_normal_port to dsa_is_user_port because "user"
is the correct term in the DSA terminology, not "normal".
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to know if a port is of type user, dsa_is_normal_port checks
that the given port is not of type DSA nor CPU. This is not enough
because a port can be unused.
Without the previous fix, this caused the unused mv88e6xxx ports to be
configured in normal mode.
The ds->enabled_port_mask reports the user ports, so check this instead.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the comment above the chunk states, the b53 driver attempts to
disable the unused ports. But using ds->enabled_port_mask is misleading,
because this mask reports in fact the user ports.
To avoid confusion and fix this, this patch introduces an explicit
dsa_is_unused_port helper which ensures the corresponding bit is not
masked in any of the switch port masks.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Note that sysctl_tcp_thin_dupack was not used, I deleted it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* follow-up fixes for the WoWLAN security issue, to fix a
partial TKIP key material problem and to use crypto_memneq()
* a change for better enforcement of FQ's memory limit
* a disconnect/connect handling fix, and
* a user rate mask validation fix
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=6b1o
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-10-25' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
pull-request: mac80211 2017-10-25
Here are:
* follow-up fixes for the WoWLAN security issue, to fix a
partial TKIP key material problem and to use crypto_memneq()
* a change for better enforcement of FQ's memory limit
* a disconnect/connect handling fix, and
* a user rate mask validation fix
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 0da4af00b2 ("ipv6: only update __use and lastusetime
once per jiffy at most"), updating the dst lastuse field is an
unlikely action: it happens at most once per jiffy, out of
potentially millions of calls per second.
Mark explicitly the code as such, and let the compiler generate
better code.
Note: gcc 7.2 and several older versions do actually generate
different - better - code when the unlikely() hint is in place,
avoid jump in the fast path and keeping better code locality.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SMC protocol [1] relies on the use of a new TCP experimental
option [2, 3]. With this option, SMC capabilities are exchanged
between peers during the TCP three way handshake. This patch adds
support for this experimental option to TCP.
References:
[1] SMC-R Informational RFC: http://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7609
[2] Shared Use of TCP Experimental Options RFC 6994:
https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/rfc6994.txt
[3] IANA ExID SMCR:
http://www.iana.org/assignments/tcp-parameters/tcp-parameters.xhtml#tcp-exids
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In my first attempt to fix the lockdep splat, I forgot we could
enter inet_csk_route_req() with a freshly allocated request socket,
for which refcount has not yet been elevated, due to complex
SLAB_TYPESAFE_BY_RCU rules.
We either are in rcu_read_lock() section _or_ we own a refcount on the
request.
Correct RCU verb to use here is rcu_dereference_check(), although it is
not possible to prove we actually own a reference on a shared
refcount :/
In v2, I added ireq_opt_deref() helper and use in three places, to fix other
possible splats.
[ 49.844590] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xea/0xf3
[ 49.846487] inet_csk_route_req+0x53/0x14d
[ 49.848334] tcp_v4_route_req+0xe/0x10
[ 49.850174] tcp_conn_request+0x31c/0x6a0
[ 49.851992] ? __lock_acquire+0x614/0x822
[ 49.854015] tcp_v4_conn_request+0x5a/0x79
[ 49.855957] ? tcp_v4_conn_request+0x5a/0x79
[ 49.858052] tcp_rcv_state_process+0x98/0xdcc
[ 49.859990] ? sk_filter_trim_cap+0x2f6/0x307
[ 49.862085] tcp_v4_do_rcv+0xfc/0x145
[ 49.864055] ? tcp_v4_do_rcv+0xfc/0x145
[ 49.866173] tcp_v4_rcv+0x5ab/0xaf9
[ 49.868029] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x1af/0x2e7
[ 49.870064] ip_local_deliver+0x1b2/0x1c5
[ 49.871775] ? inet_del_offload+0x45/0x45
[ 49.873916] ip_rcv_finish+0x3f7/0x471
[ 49.875476] ip_rcv+0x3f1/0x42f
[ 49.876991] ? ip_local_deliver_finish+0x2e7/0x2e7
[ 49.878791] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x6d3/0x950
[ 49.880701] ? process_backlog+0x7e/0x216
[ 49.882589] __netif_receive_skb+0x1d/0x5e
[ 49.884122] process_backlog+0x10c/0x216
[ 49.885812] net_rx_action+0x147/0x3df
Fixes: a6ca7abe53 ("tcp/dccp: fix lockdep splat in inet_csk_route_req()")
Fixes: c92e8c02fe ("tcp/dccp: fix ireq->opt races")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Reported-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Please do not apply this to mainline directly, instead please re-run the
coccinelle script shown below and apply its output.
For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in
preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the
former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of
ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't harmful, and changing them results in
churn.
However, for some features, the read/write distinction is critical to
correct operation. To distinguish these cases, separate read/write
accessors must be used. This patch migrates (most) remaining
ACCESS_ONCE() instances to {READ,WRITE}_ONCE(), using the following
coccinelle script:
----
// Convert trivial ACCESS_ONCE() uses to equivalent READ_ONCE() and
// WRITE_ONCE()
// $ make coccicheck COCCI=/home/mark/once.cocci SPFLAGS="--include-headers" MODE=patch
virtual patch
@ depends on patch @
expression E1, E2;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2
+ WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2)
@ depends on patch @
expression E;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E)
+ READ_ONCE(E)
----
Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: davem@davemloft.net
Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: shuah@kernel.org
Cc: snitzer@redhat.com
Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com
Cc: tj@kernel.org
Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-19-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in
preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the
former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of
ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't currently harmful.
However, for some features it is necessary to instrument reads and
writes separately, which is not possible with ACCESS_ONCE(). This
distinction is critical to correct operation.
It's possible to transform the bulk of kernel code using the Coccinelle
script below. However, this doesn't handle comments, leaving references
to ACCESS_ONCE() instances which have been removed. As a preparatory
step, this patch converts netlink and netfilter code and comments to use
{READ,WRITE}_ONCE() consistently.
----
virtual patch
@ depends on patch @
expression E1, E2;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2
+ WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2)
@ depends on patch @
expression E;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E)
+ READ_ONCE(E)
----
Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: shuah@kernel.org
Cc: snitzer@redhat.com
Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com
Cc: tj@kernel.org
Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-7-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: "Reshetova, Elena" <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the patch 'rtnetlink: bring NETDEV_CHANGELOWERSTATE event
process back to rtnetlink_event', bond_lower_state_changed would
generate NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event which would send a notification
to userspace in rtnetlink_event.
There's no need to call rtmsg_ifinfo to send the notification
any more. So this patch is to remove it from these places after
bond_lower_state_changed.
Besides, after this, rtmsg_ifinfo is not needed to be exported.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sock lock may be taken in the message timer function which is a
problem since timers run in BH. Instead of timers use delayed_work.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Fixes: bbb03029a8 ("strparser: Generalize strparser")
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently pass down the l4 protocol to the conntrack ->packet()
function, but the only user of this is the debug info decision.
Same information can be derived from struct nf_conn.
Add a wrapper for the previous patch that extracs the information
from nf_conn and passes it to nf_l4proto_log_invalid().
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We currently pass down the l4 protocol to the conntrack ->packet()
function, but the only user of this is the debug info decision.
Same information can be derived from struct nf_conn.
As a first step, add and use a new log function for this, similar to
nf_ct_helper_log().
Add __cold annotation -- invalid packets should be infrequent so
gcc can consider all call paths that lead to such a function as
unlikely.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We already allow to enable TFO without a cookie by using the
fastopen-sysctl and setting it to TFO_SERVER_COOKIE_NOT_REQD (or
TFO_CLIENT_NO_COOKIE).
This is safe to do in certain environments where we know that there
isn't a malicous host (aka., data-centers) or when the
application-protocol already provides an authentication mechanism in the
first flight of data.
A server however might be providing multiple services or talking to both
sides (public Internet and data-center). So, this server would want to
enable cookie-less TFO for certain services and/or for connections that
go to the data-center.
This patch exposes a socket-option and a per-route attribute to enable such
fine-grained configurations.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mark hlist node in sk rcu iterator as protected by the rcu.
hlist_next_rcu accomplishes this and silences the warnings
sparse throws.
Found with make C=1 net/ipv4/udp.o on linux-next tag
next-20171009.
Signed-off-by: Tim Hansen <devtimhansen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bring IPv6 in par with IPv4 :
- Use net_hash_mix() to spread addresses a bit more.
- Use 256 slots hash table instead of 16
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There were quite a few overlapping sets of changes here.
Daniel's bug fix for off-by-ones in the new BPF branch instructions,
along with the added allowances for "data_end > ptr + x" forms
collided with the metadata additions.
Along with those three changes came veritifer test cases, which in
their final form I tried to group together properly. If I had just
trimmed GIT's conflict tags as-is, this would have split up the
meta tests unnecessarily.
In the socketmap code, a set of preemption disabling changes
overlapped with the rename of bpf_compute_data_end() to
bpf_compute_data_pointers().
Changes were made to the mv88e6060.c driver set addr method
which got removed in net-next.
The hyperv transport socket layer had a locking change in 'net'
which overlapped with a change of socket state macro usage
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These helpers are no longer in use by drivers, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the tc_setup_cb_call entrypoint function originally used only for
action egress devices callbacks to call per-block callbacks as well.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce infrastructure that allows drivers to register callbacks that
are called whenever tc would offload inserted rule for a specific block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use previously introduced extended variants of block get and put
functions. This allows to specify a binder types specific to clsact
ingress/egress which is useful for drivers to distinguish who actually
got the block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new type of ndo_setup_tc message to propage binding/unbinding
of a block to driver. Call this ndo whenever qdisc gets/puts a block.
Alongside with this, there's need to propagate binder type from qdisc
code down to the notifier. So introduce extended variants of
block_get/put in order to pass this info.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New socket option TCP_FASTOPEN_KEY to allow different keys per
listener. The listener by default uses the global key until the
socket option is set. The key is a 16 bytes long binary data. This
option has no effect on regular non-listener TCP sockets.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack to in_validator_info and in6_validator_info. Update the one
user of each, ipvlan, to return an error message for failures.
Only manual configuration of an address is plumbed in the IPv6 code path.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SK_SKB BPF programs are run from the socket/tcp context but early in
the stack before much of the TCP metadata is needed in tcp_skb_cb. So
we can use some unused fields to place BPF metadata needed for SK_SKB
programs when implementing the redirect function.
This allows us to drop the preempt disable logic. It does however
require an API change so sk_redirect_map() has been updated to
additionally provide ctx_ptr to skb. Note, we do however continue to
disable/enable preemption around actual BPF program running to account
for map updates.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=YkMB
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-next-20171018' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Add bits for kernel services
Here are some patches that add a few things for kernel services to use:
(1) Allow service upgrade to be requested and allow the resultant actual
service ID to be obtained.
(2) Allow the RTT time of a call to be obtained.
(3) Allow a kernel service to find out if a call is still alive on a
server between transmitting a request and getting the reply.
(4) Allow data transmission to ignore signals if transmission progress is
being made in reasonable time. This is also usable by userspace by
passing MSG_WAITALL to sendmsg()[*].
[*] I'm not sure this is the right interface for this or whether a sockopt
should be used instead.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: linux-wpan@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: coreteam@netfilter.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com> # for ieee802154
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: dccp@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: linux-decnet-user@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_port structure is part of DSA core data and must only be updated
by the later. It is OK and sometimes necessary for the DSA drivers to
access this data, but this has to be read only.
For that purpose, add a dsa_to_port() helper which returns a const
pointer to a dsa_port structure which must be used by DSA drivers from
now on instead of digging into ds->ports[] themselves.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_port structure has a "netdev" member, which can be used for
either the master device, or the slave device, depending on its type.
It is true that today, CPU port are not exposed to userspace, thus the
port's netdev member can be used to point to its master interface.
But it is still slightly confusing, so split it into more explicit
"master" and "slave" members inside an anonymous union.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide a couple of functions to allow cleaner handling of signals in a
kernel service. They are:
(1) rxrpc_kernel_get_rtt()
This allows the kernel service to find out the RTT time for a call, so
as to better judge how large a timeout to employ.
Note, though, that whilst this returns a value in nanoseconds, the
timeouts can only actually be in jiffies.
(2) rxrpc_kernel_check_life()
This returns a number that is updated when ACKs are received from the
peer (notably including PING RESPONSE ACKs which we can elicit by
sending PING ACKs to see if the call still exists on the server).
The caller should compare the numbers of two calls to see if the call
is still alive.
These can be used to provide an extending timeout rather than returning
immediately in the case that a signal occurs that would otherwise abort an
RPC operation. The timeout would be extended if the server is still
responsive and the call is still apparently alive on the server.
For most operations this isn't that necessary - but for FS.StoreData it is:
OpenAFS writes the data to storage as it comes in without making a backup,
so if we immediately abort it when partially complete on a CTRL+C, say, we
have no idea of the state of the file after the abort.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Provide support for a kernel service to make use of the service upgrade
facility. This involves:
(1) Pass an upgrade request flag to rxrpc_kernel_begin_call().
(2) Make rxrpc_kernel_recv_data() return the call's current service ID so
that the caller can detect service upgrade and see what the service
was upgraded to.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
The fq structure would fail to properly enforce the memory limit in the case
where the packet being enqueued was bigger than the packet being removed to
bring the memory usage down. So keep dropping packets until the memory usage is
back below the limit. Also, fix the statistics for memory limit violations.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to not dirty the cacheline too often, we try to only update
dst->__use and dst->lastusetime at most once per jiffy.
As dst->lastusetime is only used by ipv6 garbage collector, it should
be good enough time resolution.
And __use is only used in ipv6_route_seq_show() to show how many times a
dst has been used. And as __use is not atomic_t right now, it does not
show the precise number of usage times anyway. So we think it should be
OK to only update it at most once per jiffy.
According to my latest syn flood test on a machine with intel Xeon 6th
gen processor and 2 10G mlx nics bonded together, each with 8 rx queues
on 2 NUMA nodes:
With this patch, the packet process rate increases from ~3.49Mpps to
~3.75Mpps with a 7% increase rate.
Note: dst_use() is being renamed to dst_hold_and_use() to better specify
the purpose of the function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@googl.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcf_block_q helper to get q pointer to be used for direct call of
sch_tree_lock/unlock instead of tcf_tree_lock/unlock.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever the block->q is set, it can be used instead of tp->q as it
contains the same value. When it is not set, which can't happen now but
it might happen with the follow-up shared blocks introduction, the class
is not set in the result. That would lead to a class lookup instead
of direct class pointer use for classful qdiscs. However, it is not
planned to support classful qdisqs sharing filter blocks, so that may
never happen.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These helpers allows to get a q and netdev pointers
for given block easily.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store net pointer in the block structure. Along the way, introduce
qdisc_net helper which allows to easily obtain net pointer for
qdisc instance.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare for removal of tp->q and store Qdisc pointer in the block
structure.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-13
This series contains updates to mqprio and i40e.
Amritha introduces a new hardware offload mode in tc/mqprio where the TCs,
the queue configurations and bandwidth rate limits are offloaded to the
hardware. The existing mqprio framework is extended to configure the queue
counts and layout and also added support for rate limiting. This is
achieved through new netlink attributes for the 'mode' option which takes
values such as 'dcb' (default) and 'channel' and a 'shaper' option for
QoS attributes such as bandwidth rate limits in hw mode 1. Legacy devices
can fall back to the existing setup supporting hw mode 1 without these
additional options where only the TCs are offloaded and then the 'mode'
and 'shaper' options defaults to DCB support. The i40e driver enables the
new mqprio hardware offload mechanism factoring the TCs, queue
configuration and bandwidth rates by creating HW channel VSIs.
In this new mode, the priority to traffic class mapping and the user
specified queue ranges are used to configure the traffic class when the
'mode' option is set to 'channel'. This is achieved by creating HW
channels(VSI). A new channel is created for each of the traffic class
configuration offloaded via mqprio framework except for the first TC (TC0)
which is for the main VSI. TC0 for the main VSI is also reconfigured as
per user provided queue parameters. Finally, bandwidth rate limits are set
on these traffic classes through the shaper attribute by sending these
rates in addition to the number of TCs and the queue configurations.
Colin Ian King makes an array of constant values "constant".
Alan fixes and issue where on some firmware versions, we were failing to
actually fill out the phy_types which caused ethtool to not report any
link types. Also hardened against a potentially malicious VF by not
letting the VF to reset itself after requesting to change the number of
queues (via ethtool), let the PF reset the VF to institute the requested
changes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that there is no user for the .set_addr function, remove it from
DSA. If a switch supports this feature (like mv88e6xxx), the
implementation can be done in the driver setup.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The offload types currently supported in mqprio are 0 (no offload) and
1 (offload only TCs) by setting these values for the 'hw' option. If
offloads are supported by setting the 'hw' option to 1, the default
offload mode is 'dcb' where only the TC values are offloaded to the
device. This patch introduces a new hardware offload mode called
'channel' with 'hw' set to 1 in mqprio which makes full use of the
mqprio options, the TCs, the queue configurations and the QoS parameters
for the TCs. This is achieved through a new netlink attribute for the
'mode' option which takes values such as 'dcb' (default) and 'channel'.
The 'channel' mode also supports QoS attributes for traffic class such as
minimum and maximum values for bandwidth rate limits.
This patch enables configuring additional HW shaper attributes associated
with a traffic class. Currently the shaper for bandwidth rate limiting is
supported which takes options such as minimum and maximum bandwidth rates
and are offloaded to the hardware in the 'channel' mode. The min and max
limits for bandwidth rates are provided by the user along with the TCs
and the queue configurations when creating the mqprio qdisc. The interface
can be extended to support new HW shapers in future through the 'shaper'
attribute.
Introduces a new data structure 'tc_mqprio_qopt_offload' for offloading
mqprio queue options and use this to be shared between the kernel and
device driver. This contains a copy of the existing data structure
for mqprio queue options. This new data structure can be extended when
adding new attributes for traffic class such as mode, shaper, shaper
parameters (bandwidth rate limits). The existing data structure for mqprio
queue options will be shared between the kernel and userspace.
Example:
queues 4@0 4@4 hw 1 mode channel shaper bw_rlimit\
min_rate 1Gbit 2Gbit max_rate 4Gbit 5Gbit
To dump the bandwidth rates:
qdisc mqprio 804a: root tc 2 map 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
queues:(0:3) (4:7)
mode:channel
shaper:bw_rlimit min_rate:1Gbit 2Gbit max_rate:4Gbit 5Gbit
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch changes the parameter updating via RCU and not protected by a
spinlock anymore. This reduce the time that the spinlock is being held.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make style of module alias name consistent with other subsystems in kernel,
for example net devices.
Fixes: 084e2f6566 ("Support to encoding decoding skb mark on IFE action")
Fixes: 200e10f469 ("Support to encoding decoding skb prio on IFE action")
Fixes: 408fbc22ef ("net sched ife action: Introduce skb tcindex metadata encap decap")
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to tell the DSA master network device doing the actual
transmission what the desired switch port and queue number is for it to
resolve that to the internal transmit queue it is mapped to.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for communicating a given DSA network device's port
number and switch index, create a specialized DSA notifier and two
events: DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER that communicate: the
slave network device (slave_dev), port number and switch number in the
tree.
This will be later used for network device drivers like bcmsysport which
needs to cooperate with its DSA network devices to set-up queue mapping
and scheduling.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove three inline helpers that are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The helper and the struct field ares no longer used by any code,
so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only user of cls_flower->egress_dev is mlx5. So do the conversion
there alongside with the code originating the call in cls_flower
function fl_hw_replace_filter to the newly introduced egress device
callback infrastucture.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce infrastructure that allows drivers to register callbacks that
are called whenever tc would offload inserted rule and specified device
acts as tc action egress device.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return dev directly, NULL if not possible. That is enough.
Makes no sense to pass struct net * to get_dev op, as there is only one
net possible, the one the action was created in. So just store it in
mirred priv and use directly.
Rename the mirred op callback function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Yury reported crash with this signature :
[ 554.034021] [<ffff80003ccd5a58>] 0xffff80003ccd5a58
[ 554.034156] [<ffff00000888fd34>] skb_release_all+0x14/0x30
[ 554.034288] [<ffff00000888fd64>] __kfree_skb+0x14/0x28
[ 554.034409] [<ffff0000088ece6c>] tcp_sendmsg_locked+0x4dc/0xcc8
[ 554.034541] [<ffff0000088ed68c>] tcp_sendmsg+0x34/0x58
[ 554.034659] [<ffff000008919fd4>] inet_sendmsg+0x2c/0xf8
[ 554.034783] [<ffff0000088842e8>] sock_sendmsg+0x18/0x30
[ 554.034928] [<ffff0000088861fc>] SyS_sendto+0x84/0xf8
Problem is that skb->destructor contains garbage, and this is
because I accidentally removed tcp_skb_tsorted_anchor_cleanup()
from tcp_unlink_write_queue()
This would trigger with a write(fd, <invalid_memory>, len) attempt,
and we will add to packetdrill this capability to avoid future
regressions.
Fixes: 75c119afe1 ("tcp: implement rb-tree based retransmit queue")
Reported-by: Yury Norov <ynorov@caviumnetworks.com>
Tested-by: Yury Norov <ynorov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* port authorized event for 4-way-HS offload (Avi)
* enable MFP optional for such devices (Emmanuel)
* Kees's timer setup patch for mac80211 mesh
(the part that isn't trivially scripted)
* improve VLAN vs. TXQ handling (myself)
* load regulatory database as firmware file (myself)
* with various other small improvements and cleanups
I merged net-next once in the meantime to allow Kees's
timer setup patch to go in.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIzBAABCgAdFiEExu3sM/nZ1eRSfR9Ha3t4Rpy0AB0FAlneDzEACgkQa3t4Rpy0
AB3EHBAAhQana6YiMx0Ag4ANGlll3xnxFCZlkmlBoJ/EwKgQhPonylHntuvtkXf6
kZRsOr4uA+wpN/opHLGfMJzat9uxztHVo2sT4rxVnvZq4DYcB/JdlhTMLZDsdDgm
kHRpUEKh/+2FAgq2A4VEUpVb+Mtg0dq8iJJXFw89xb3Sw5UhNA6ljWQZ4zpXuI0P
xOB8Z52LqAcMNnspP+L2TRpanu2ETLcl4Laj+cMl1Yiut2GHkclXUoGvbZ1al5SO
CYqpjVKk67ENLJMrmhQ7DVzj0rpwlV+Eh756RU9DhamPAWbxqWLWJgfuGBskRXnI
GneCUQkLZ5j1kUJjvQdXBv1UmpkCG4/3yITZX8kL3UR+AbhSCqzVQDo7it5hsWEf
XTNAlhdTDhSn7OQQ6XOxvWeydAiaaz671bhPuIvKEo9D/+7Uv0PxHmvu8QqUm0xH
Wvyh0LYRrblDz7fgEkaFctjJKYKnwviQ9O2LGx98C8NVam+Qyti2MlLA4AO5E+it
ky97W3Dh5ftjQhFD0Ip9P4+BO/9hvNELlCRWUXI197n6B0/KH7FWX1eqw/vpnKc4
w7VB/V59mB8zMmZ1QUdwT1/Ru+MD++6ds93STttZvH/0P3H0dDRGuxUK4m32YHiX
s97uSBAbBMy2UH6b8HyxjVMGWvmW3KRakBID1zv2NRSIXtyfWj4=
=gW8q
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-10-11' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Work continues in various areas:
* port authorized event for 4-way-HS offload (Avi)
* enable MFP optional for such devices (Emmanuel)
* Kees's timer setup patch for mac80211 mesh
(the part that isn't trivially scripted)
* improve VLAN vs. TXQ handling (myself)
* load regulatory database as firmware file (myself)
* with various other small improvements and cleanups
I merged net-next once in the meantime to allow Kees's
timer setup patch to go in.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add to the FQ API a way to filter a given tin, in order to
remove frames that fulfil certain criteria according to a
filter function.
This will be used by mac80211 to remove frames belonging to
an AP VLAN interface that's being removed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
bpf_skb_set_tunnel_*() functions require allocation of per-cpu
metadata_dst. The allocation happens upon verification of the
first program using those helpers. In preparation for removing
the verifier lock, use cmpxchg() to make sure we only allocate
the metadata_dsts once.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER switchdev notification type, used
to indicate whether the bridge is or isn't mrouter. Notify when the bridge
changes its state, similarly to the already existing bridged port mrouter
notifications.
The notification uses the switchdev_attr.u.mrouter boolean flag to indicate
the current bridge mrouter status. Thus, it only indicates whether the
bridge is currently used as an mrouter or not, and does not indicate the
exact mrouter state of the bridge (learning, permanent, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phonet_protocol structs don't need to be written by anyone and
so can be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Lin Zhang <xiaolou4617@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, most of the rt6_stats are not hooked up correctly. As the
last part of this patch series, hook up all existing rt6_stats and add
one new stat fib_rt_uncache to indicate the number of routes in the
uncached list.
For details of the stats, please refer to the comments added in
include/net/ip6_fib.h.
Note: fib_rt_alloc and fib_rt_uncache are not guaranteed to be modified
under a lock. So atomic_t is used for them.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With all the preparation work before, we are now ready to replace rwlock
with rcu and spinlock in fib6_table.
That means now all fib6_node in fib6_table are protected by rcu. And
when freeing fib6_node, call_rcu() is used to wait for the rcu grace
period before releasing the memory.
When accessing fib6_node, corresponding rcu APIs need to be used.
And all previous sessions protected by the write lock will now be
protected by the spin lock per table.
All previous sessions protected by read lock will now be protected by
rcu_read_lock().
A couple of things to note here:
1. As part of the work of replacing rwlock with rcu, the linked list of
fn->leaf now has to be rcu protected as well. So both fn->leaf and
rt->dst.rt6_next are now __rcu tagged and corresponding rcu APIs are
used when manipulating them.
2. For fn->rr_ptr, first of all, it also needs to be rcu protected now
and is tagged with __rcu and rcu APIs are used in corresponding places.
Secondly, fn->rr_ptr is changed in rt6_select() which is a reader
thread. This makes the issue a bit complicated. We think a valid
solution for it is to let rt6_select() grab the tb6_lock if it decides
to change it. As it is not in the normal operation and only happens when
there is no valid neighbor cache for the route, we think the performance
impact should be low.
3. fib6_walk_continue() has to be called with tb6_lock held even in the
route dumping related functions, e.g. inet6_dump_fib(),
fib6_tables_dump() and ipv6_route_seq_ops. It is because
fib6_walk_continue() makes modifications to the walker structure, and so
are fib6_repair_tree() and fib6_del_route(). In order to do proper
syncing between them, we need to let fib6_walk_continue() hold the lock.
We may be able to do further improvement on the way we do the tree walk
to get rid of the need for holding the spin lock. But not for now.
4. When fib6_del_route() removes a route from the tree, we no longer
mark rt->dst.rt6_next to NULL to make simultaneous reader be able to
further traverse the list with rcu. However, rt->dst.rt6_next is only
valid within this same rcu period. No one should access it later.
5. All the operation of atomic_inc(rt->rt6i_ref) is changed to be
performed before we publish this route (either by linking it to fn->leaf
or insert it in the list pointed by fn->leaf) just to be safe because as
soon as we publish the route, some read thread will be able to access it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib6_add() logic currently calls fib6_add_1() to figure out what node
should be used for the newly added route and then call
fib6_add_rt2node() to insert the route to the node.
And during the call of fib6_add_1(), fn_sernum is updated for all nodes
that share the same prefix as the new route.
This does not have issue in the current code because reader thread will
not be able to access the tree while writer thread is inserting new
route to it. However, it is not the case once we transition to use RCU.
Reader thread could potentially see the new fn_sernum before the new
route is inserted. As a result, reader thread's route lookup will return
a stale route with the new fn_sernum.
In order to solve this issue, we remove all the update of fn_sernum in
fib6_add_1(), and instead, introduce a new function that updates fn_sernum
for all related nodes and call this functions once the route is
successfully inserted to the tree.
Also, smp_wmb() is used after a route is successfully inserted into the
fib tree and right before the updated of fn->sernum. And smp_rmb() is
used right after fn->sernum is accessed in rt6_get_cookie_safe(). This
is to guarantee that when the reader thread sees the new fn->sernum, the
new route is already inserted in the tree in memory.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit makes use of the exception hash table implementation to
store dst caches created by pmtu discovery and ip redirect into the hash
table under the rt_info and no longer inserts these routes into fib6
tree.
This makes the fib6 tree only contain static configured routes and could
now be protected by rcu instead of a rw lock.
With this change, in the route lookup related functions, after finding
the rt6_info with the longest prefix, we also need to search for the
exception table before doing backtracking.
In the route delete function, if the route being deleted is not a dst
cache, deletion of this route also need to flush the whole hash table
under it. If it is a dst cache, then only delete the cached dst in the
hash table.
Note: for fib6_walk_continue() function, w->root now is always pointing
to a root node considering that fib6_prune_clones() is removed from the
code. So we add a WARN_ON() msg to make sure w->root always points to a
root node and also removed the update of w->root in fib6_repair_tree().
This is a prerequisite for later patch because we don't need to make
w->root as rcu protected when replacing rwlock with RCU.
Also, we remove all prune related variables as it is no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib6_locate() is used to find the fib6_node according to the passed in
prefix address key. It currently tries to find the fib6_node with the
exact match of the passed in key. However, when we move cached routes
into the exception table, fib6_locate() will fail to find the fib6_node
for it as the cached routes will be stored in the exception table under
the fib6_node with the longest prefix match of the cache's dst addr key.
This commit adds a new parameter to let the caller specify if it needs
exact match or longest prefix match.
Right now, all callers still does exact match when calling
fib6_locate(). It will be changed in later commit where exception table
is hooked up to store cached routes.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If all dst cache entries are stored in the exception table under the
main route, we have to go through them during fib6_age() when doing
garbage collecting.
Introduce a new function rt6_age_exception() which goes through all dst
entries in the exception table and remove those entries that are expired.
This function is called in fib6_age() so that all dst caches are also
garbage collected.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a hash table into struct rt6_info in order to store dst caches
created by pmtu discovery and ip redirect in ipv6 routing code.
APIs to add dst cache, delete dst cache, find dst cache and update
dst cache in the hash table are implemented and will be used in later
commits.
This is a preparation work to move all cache routes into the exception
table instead of getting inserted into the fib6 tree.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function takes a route as input and tries to update the sernum in
the fib6_node this route is associated with. It will be used in later
commit when adding a cached route into the exception table under that
route.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using a linear list to store all skbs in write queue has been okay
for quite a while : O(N) is not too bad when N < 500.
Things get messy when N is the order of 100,000 : Modern TCP stacks
want 10Gbit+ of throughput even with 200 ms RTT flows.
40 ns per cache line miss means a full scan can use 4 ms,
blowing away CPU caches.
SACK processing often can use various hints to avoid parsing
whole retransmit queue. But with high packet losses and/or high
reordering, hints no longer work.
Sender has to process thousands of unfriendly SACK, accumulating
a huge socket backlog, burning a cpu and massively dropping packets.
Using an rb-tree for retransmit queue has been avoided for years
because it added complexity and overhead, but now is the time
to be more resistant and say no to quadratic behavior.
1) RTX queue is no longer part of the write queue : already sent skbs
are stored in one rb-tree.
2) Since reaching the head of write queue no longer needs
sk->sk_send_head, we added an union of sk_send_head and tcp_rtx_queue
Tested:
On receiver :
netem on ingress : delay 150ms 200us loss 1
GRO disabled to force stress and SACK storms.
for f in `seq 1 10`
do
./netperf -H lpaa6 -l30 -- -K bbr -o THROUGHPUT|tail -1
done | awk '{print $0} {sum += $0} END {printf "%7u\n",sum}'
Before patch :
323.87
351.48
339.59
338.62
306.72
204.07
304.93
291.88
202.47
176.88
2840
After patch:
1700.83
2207.98
2070.17
1544.26
2114.76
2124.89
1693.14
1080.91
2216.82
1299.94
18053
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the upcoming rtx rbtree will add some extra code,
it is time to not inline this fat function anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit cc71b7b071 ("net/ipv6: remove unused err variable on
icmpv6_push_pending_frames") exposed icmpv6_push_pending_frames
return value not being used.
Remove now unnecessary int err declarations and uses.
Miscellanea:
o Remove unnecessary goto and out: labels
o Realign arguments
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merging this brings in the timer_setup() change, which allows
me to apply Kees's mac80211 changes for it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds a new queue (list) that tracks the sent but not yet
acked or SACKed skbs for a TCP connection. The list is chronologically
ordered by skb->skb_mstamp (the head is the oldest sent skb).
This list will be used to optimize TCP Rack recovery, which checks
an skb's timestamp to judge if it has been lost and needs to be
retransmitted. Since TCP write queue is ordered by sequence instead
of sent time, RACK has to scan over the write queue to catch all
eligible packets to detect lost retransmission, and iterates through
SACKed skbs repeatedly.
Special cares for rare events:
1. TCP repair fakes skb transmission so the send queue needs adjusted
2. SACK reneging would require re-inserting SACKed skbs into the
send queue. For now I believe it's not worth the complexity to
make RACK work perfectly on SACK reneging, so we do nothing here.
3. Fast Open: currently for non-TFO, send-queue correctly queues
the pure SYN packet. For TFO which queues a pure SYN and
then a data packet, send-queue only queues the data packet but
not the pure SYN due to the structure of TFO code. This is okay
because the SYN receiver would never respond with a SACK on a
missing SYN (i.e. SYN is never fast-retransmitted by SACK/RACK).
In order to not grow sk_buff, we use an union for the new list and
_skb_refdst/destructor fields. This is a bit complicated because
we need to make sure _skb_refdst and destructor are properly zeroed
before skb is cloned/copied at transmit, and before being freed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently in the TCP code, the initialization sequence for cached
metrics, congestion control, BPF, etc, after successful connection
is very inconsistent. This introduces inconsistent bevhavior and is
prone to bugs. The current call sequence is as follows:
(1) for active case (tcp_finish_connect() case):
tcp_mtup_init(sk);
icsk->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(sk);
tcp_init_metrics(sk);
tcp_call_bpf(sk, BPF_SOCK_OPS_ACTIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_congestion_control(sk);
tcp_init_buffer_space(sk);
(2) for passive case (tcp_rcv_state_process() TCP_SYN_RECV case):
icsk->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(sk);
tcp_call_bpf(sk, BPF_SOCK_OPS_PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_congestion_control(sk);
tcp_mtup_init(sk);
tcp_init_buffer_space(sk);
tcp_init_metrics(sk);
(3) for TFO passive case (tcp_fastopen_create_child()):
inet_csk(child)->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(child);
tcp_init_congestion_control(child);
tcp_mtup_init(child);
tcp_init_metrics(child);
tcp_call_bpf(child, BPF_SOCK_OPS_PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_buffer_space(child);
This commit uniforms the above functions to have the following sequence:
tcp_mtup_init(sk);
icsk->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(sk);
tcp_init_metrics(sk);
tcp_call_bpf(sk, BPF_SOCK_OPS_ACTIVE/PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_congestion_control(sk);
tcp_init_buffer_space(sk);
This sequence is the same as the (1) active case. We pick this sequence
because this order correctly allows BPF to override the settings
including congestion control module and initial cwnd, etc from
the route, and then allows the CC module to see those settings.
Suggested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Tested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two state fields: socket->state and sock->sk_state. The
socket->state field uses SS_UNCONNECTED, SS_CONNECTED, etc while the
sock->sk_state typically uses values that match TCP state constants
(TCP_CLOSE, TCP_ESTABLISHED). AF_VSOCK does not follow this convention
and instead uses SS_* constants for both fields.
The sk_state field will be exposed to userspace through the vsock_diag
interface for ss(8), netstat(8), and other programs.
This patch switches sk_state to TCP state constants so that the meaning
of this field is consistent with other address families. Not just
AF_INET and AF_INET6 use the TCP constants, AF_UNIX and others do too.
The following mapping was used to convert the code:
SS_FREE -> TCP_CLOSE
SS_UNCONNECTED -> TCP_CLOSE
SS_CONNECTING -> TCP_SYN_SENT
SS_CONNECTED -> TCP_ESTABLISHED
SS_DISCONNECTING -> TCP_CLOSING
VSOCK_SS_LISTEN -> TCP_LISTEN
In __vsock_create() the sk_state initialization was dropped because
sock_init_data() already initializes sk_state to TCP_CLOSE.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vsock_diag.ko module will need to check socket table membership.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The socket table symbols need to be exported from vsock.ko so that the
vsock_diag.ko module will be able to traverse sockets.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass extack to do_set_master and down to ndo_add_slave
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
no users in the tree.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces RFC Draft ndata section 3.2 Priority Based
Scheduler (SCTP_SS_RR).
Works by maintaining a list of enqueued streams and tracking the last
one used to send data. When the datamsg is done, it switches to the next
stream.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces RFC Draft ndata section 3.4 Priority Based
Scheduler (SCTP_SS_PRIO).
It works by having a struct sctp_stream_priority for each priority
configured. This struct is then enlisted on a queue ordered per priority
if, and only if, there is a stream with data queued, so that dequeueing
is very straightforward: either finish current datamsg or simply dequeue
from the highest priority queued, which is the next stream pointed, and
that's it.
If there are multiple streams assigned with the same priority and with
data queued, it will do round robin amongst them while respecting
datamsgs boundaries (when not using idata chunks), to be reasonably
fair.
We intentionally don't maintain a list of priorities nor a list of all
streams with the same priority to save memory. The first would mean at
least 2 other pointers per priority (which, for 1000 priorities, that
can mean 16kB) and the second would also mean 2 other pointers but per
stream. As SCTP supports up to 65535 streams on a given asoc, that's
1MB. This impacts when giving a priority to some stream, as we have to
find out if the new priority is already being used and if we can free
the old one, and also when tearing down.
The new fields in struct sctp_stream_out_ext and sctp_stream are added
under a union because that memory is to be shared with other schedulers.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the hooks necessary to do stream scheduling, as
per RFC Draft ndata. It also introduces the first scheduler, which is
what we do today but now factored out: first come first served (FCFS).
With stream scheduling now we have to track which chunk was enqueued on
which stream and be able to select another other than the in front of
the main outqueue. So we introduce a list on sctp_stream_out_ext
structure for this purpose.
We reuse sctp_chunk->transmitted_list space for the list above, as the
chunk cannot belong to the two lists at the same time. By using the
union in there, we can have distinct names for these moments.
sctp_sched_ops are the operations expected to be implemented by each
scheduler. The dequeueing is a bit particular to this implementation but
it is to match how we dequeue packets today. We first dequeue and then
check if it fits the packet and if not, we requeue it at head. Thus why
we don't have a peek operation but have dequeue_done instead, which is
called once the chunk can be safely considered as transmitted.
The check removed from sctp_outq_flush is now performed by
sctp_stream_outq_migrate, which is only called during assoc setup.
(sctp_sendmsg() also checks for it)
The only operation that is foreseen but not yet added here is a way to
signalize that a new packet is starting or that the packet is done, for
round robin scheduler per packet, but is intentionally left to the
patch that actually implements it.
Support for I-DATA chunks, also described in this RFC, with user message
interleaving is straightforward as it just requires the schedulers to
probe for the feature and ignore datamsg boundaries when dequeueing.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper to fetch the stream number from a given chunk.
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the stream schedulers, sctp_stream_out will become too big to be
allocated by kmalloc and as we need to allocate with BH disabled, we
cannot use __vmalloc in sctp_stream_init().
This patch moves out the stats from sctp_stream_out to
sctp_stream_out_ext, which will be allocated only when the application
tries to sendmsg something on it.
Just the introduction of sctp_stream_out_ext would already fix the issue
described above by splitting the allocation in two. Moving the stats
to it also reduces the pressure on the allocator as we will ask for less
memory atomically when creating the socket and we will use GFP_KERNEL
later.
Then, for stream schedulers, we will just use sctp_stream_out_ext.
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the skb parameter of skb_metadata_dst() and skb_tunnel_info()
const as they are not modified. This is in preparation for using
them in call-sites where skb is const.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an event that indicates that a connection is authorized
(i.e. the 4 way handshake was performed by the driver). This event
should be sent by the driver after sending a connect/roamed event.
This is useful for networks that require 802.1X authentication.
In cases that the driver supports 4 way handshake offload, but the
802.1X authentication is managed by user space, the driver needs to
inform user space right after the 802.11 association was completed
so user space can initialize its 802.1X state machine etc.
However, it is also possible that the AP will choose to skip the
802.1X authentication (e.g. when PMKSA caching is used) and proceed
with the 4 way handshake immediately. In this case the driver needs
to inform user space that 802.1X authentication is no longer required
(e.g. to prevent user space from disconnecting since it did not get
any EAPOLs from the AP).
This is also useful for roaming, in which case it is possible that
the driver used the Fast Transition protocol so 802.1X is not
required.
Since there will now be a dedicated notification indicating that the
connection is authorized, the authorized flag can be removed from the
roamed event. Drivers can send the new port authorized event right
after sending the roamed event to indicate the new AP is already
authorized. This therefore reserves the old PORT_AUTHORIZED attribute.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function is unused, and furthermore it is buggy since it suffers
from the same issue that requires IP6_ECN_set_ce() to take a pointer
to the skb so that it may (in case of CHECKSUM_COMPLETE) update skb->csum
Instead of fixing it, let's just outright remove it.
Tested: builds, and 'git grep IP6_ECN_clear' comes up empty
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
